1650 to 1659 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1650 to 1659.

1650
The Rikisiate of Nikobara offers to pay a hefty sum for Nava Kotte, in mutual interest with Lanka.

'''A few revolts break out in India against Urdustani rule, protesting the annexation of the two states by a few die-hard nobles and commoners. '''

'''I assume you mean Urdustani? - Eip'''

'''Yeah ... not what it says on the mod page. Fixed. -MP'''
 * Duchy of Hamburg: The armies in Hesse perform admirably, soon after the fall of Ludiwsburg late the previous year, the largest Hessian army surrenders after a battle on the outskirts of Nassau. With Hesse defeated, diplomats arrive in Ludwigsburg for peace treaty negotiations. Back home, infrastructure is improved.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 26th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.6 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Sultan Sulimen VI is now 1.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 95,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to military in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Suri Empire: We continue vassalizing Dhundhai (Turn Two of Seven). With the news of the recent epidemic in China, troops are sent to the borders to process any refugees and to keep the epidemic outside of the Empire's borders. We continue to expand our infrastructure. With our iron and sulfur mines now in full production, we start production on our own firearms. Sultan Asad Khan Lari has plans written up for the Sindh Madrasatul Islam University to be built in Karachi (One to Five Years).
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Postive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,860,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Britannia declares support for the Johannist forces. The Britannia Royal Navy begins a massive naval campaign and troops are landed in Southern lowlands. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Ayutthaya: Economy is expanded and we continue to build suburbs in Lower Dawei and Nakom Pathom. Trade routes are grown between our major cities and we start building a road  to our Southern Districts. (Turn Four of Five).


 * ​ ​ Lanna:  The areas trade is grown and more trade routes are being made between Lanna and Ayutthaya. There are other roads that now lead to Ayutthaya's North Western coast from Lanna for quicker trade and also trade with Dawei.
 * Netherlands Johannist Faction: The States-General continue to organize the army they have amassed. With mercernaries from Hipania, and Croatia the numbers are bolstered to 114,000, Brussels thanks Britannia for its support and request their full aid once the ccampaign begins. To counter Hendrik's claims that Johann is an ursuper the States-General refers to the old rights of the nobility and merchants to elect their leader if their interests and liberties are threatened (this is actually true and when I created the Netherlands I did clarify that). Seeing the Hispanian mercs with flintlocks the military command realizes their superior capcity and reliability in comparison to the aging Snaphaunce. Wallonian gunsmiths start producing in large quantities the flintlock due to its easy mechanism in comparison to the more delicate and expansive snaphaunce. The defensive line along the Rhine continue to be fortified. Brussels and antwerp become increasingly busy. With Amsterdam occupied by the Butcher prince as Hendrik is now called in the south, Antwerp is used as the main trading port. Request to use French soil during the war are made so to fight more efficiently and bring a quick end to the war. 
 * ​ Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. After intense missionary, cultural, and economic conversions that have been going on for two centuries, Orissa is decidedly annexed into the Urdustani Empire. This changes little of its day to day runnings, as the Urdustani Emperor already personally ruled over Orissa. We begin to vassalize the Indian state of Sindh. (Turn One of Five). The Emperor is borne a son and a daughter, naming the son لٹل بادشاہ الیاس شاہ (Chōṭē rājā iliyāsa śāha), and the daughter سب سے شہزادی الیاس شاہ (Sabhī kī rājakumārī iliyāsa śāha).
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی):  The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham change their currency from their supposedly devaluing and unstable currency, to the Urdustani Tanki.
 * Vorlayacor: The University of Vorlayacor, having gained international acclaim for the discovery of calculus, expands all of its departments. The army and navy continue their training, emphasizing quick, evasive tactics to outwit and outmaneuver larger forces. Work on the grand road begins; it will be complete in 1655.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving 3 ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, scholars learn a strategy for building quick, sturdy ships, making the original project now planned to be finished in 1651. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Small Taiwanese state (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. A wave of about 5000 Japanese people settle to start up future merchanites.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing.


 * Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. Cochin officially moves forces into the Shan State occupying the territory and requesting that  Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * The Kingdom of Yue wishes to open trade with Hispania. In return, you can have a piece of land in eastern Hainan to build a port city
 * Hispanian Dip: Agreed.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. Croatia agrees to the Spanish proposal and musters an army of 80,000 from the Knyazdom and 20,000 from the kingdom (both L). A naval blockade of the Austrian oversea territory bordering Dahomey is also issued
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 3,800,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 500,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Yue: The kingdom begins making reforms in the government. The nation has been quiet and arguably pushed around by foreign powers and states of the north. The new emperor, though young, begins what will be a slow process of adapting modern technology. Most fear this, wanting to retain traditional Chinese values, causing a small rebellion. This new rebellion is put to a halt, and the emperor displays a show of force and power. With this, trade with northern nations of former China begins. Influence on the smaller nation of yuNan begin.
 * Wu China: Our military increases along with economy. We start to station more and more troops along the border. We issue an embargo against the Imperium.
 * Yue joins in on this embargo against the imperium.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 300,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers, and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1650, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 43, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 24, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 20, born 1630). In diplomatic news, Bavaria joins the call of the Spanish and Croatians and a formal declaration of war against Austria is passed. 75,000 troops in Bavaria are mobilized, as well as siege equipment.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert. War is declared on Austria. 30,000 troops are sent.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. War is declared on Austria. 35,000 troops are sent.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg begins (Turn Three of Fifteen).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks. The disputes between Prussia and Narva, over land become too much to bear. In late June, the Veche, with agreement with the Riigikogu and Peaminister of Narva, declare war on the Nation of Prussia over differences in trade and Colonial Policies, citing that Pskov must be the only True Nation that dominates the east Baltic. Siege engines are deployed as recruits are drafted for the first time since the War with Russia to do match the strength of the Prussian armed forcces.For some reason my edit from last year was deleted ...Pskovian generals capture many cities including Dorpat and Taalinn, the Conquest of Taalinn led by the Grand Duchess herself. By the end opf the year the armies march on Riga, and diplomats are sent to Konigsberg to negotiate peace. In response to possible full mobilization, Pskov and Narva do the same if invaded, and prepares to have its economy geared towards war.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military. Narva Declares war on Prussia after disputes become too much to bear. The Lands known as Greater Narva will come into the fold. Generals experienced in the War of Gunnar gfind solace in this war, as they win many battles, especially ner wended, which is besieged by Erik Heslberg. The new lands of "Greater Narva" are anexed into the nation unofficialy, being administered by the Army. In response to possible full mobilization, Pskov and Narva do the same if invaded, and prepares to have its economy geared towards war.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear. The PIC supports the war with Prussia and starts to besiege its colonies in America.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised, while Julian II marries a young Mari woman.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the Isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.
 * the Empire of Parthia:  Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is developed by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 57, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 29. Elenora, now a baby of 9 is followed by her brother Mircea III. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 6.01 million.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years(1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen. 
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military is expanded as the ground army is increased to around 70,000. Troops are stationed throughout Mongolia, and the Imperial road network branches into Mongolia proper. This leads to an increase in economy as trade blossoms. Infrastructure also continues to be improved. The Imperial University is opened in the newly constructed capital, Imperial Center. Meanwhile, the Wu are told to "violently penetrate themselves" as the Imperium "don't need no trade" from them.
 * Province of Mongolia: The Imperial Army in Mongolia is expanded, as training officers are brought in from the Imperium proper to bring the outdated Mongol army up to speed. Firearms and siege equipment designs are given to Mongol engineers and factories to replicate. Intellectuals are encouraged to move to the Imperium, where they have plenty of opportunities to study in the newly created Imperial University.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band goes to war with the Caninermiut Yup'ik over the villages of Iik and Tuntutuliaq. This combat employs a variety of different strategies and weapons, including qayaq warfare to transport the men to the villages along the Kusquqvak Bay and use of the kiipooyak, kakvikak, ulu knife, tegun, and pitgar with qerrurs. The luussitars are riden into battle, and their hairy fur makes them quite effective in surviving the cold temperatures. Meanwhile, as temperatures are colder than normal, an effort is made to plant some crops outside of villages like Mamterilleq. Notably, some shamans and arnaqs (women) take branches from distant berry bushes and plant them near the villages. After a ceremony dedicated to the Supreme Spirit, Kayuqtuq dies suddenly of a violent bout of vomitting and diarhea. While this event leads some to question if the Supreme Spirit did inhabit his body, others say that the sudden death is a sign of a new era for the Band. As none of the elders are the clear successor to Kayuqtuq, and the Cult of the Supreme Spirit doesn't make it clear who will succeed Kayuqtuq either, the Amellrutaq decides that the best resolution would be to wait until one leader comes forth as the clear leader. This leads to a power struggle among local leaders of different villages, with the leader of Kuiggluk having the current upper hand.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Rebuilding from the civil war continues. King Kristoffer II remains in Stockholm to oversee repairs rather than travel to the luxurious Winter Palace early this year, in January. The military is improved as Scandinavia works to repair the newly unified Scandinavian Armada. Thousands of soldiers return home to see their families. In March of this year, Kristoffer II holds a funeral for the dead on both sides of the war. The side of the Riksdag building in Stockholm is engraved with the names of those known to have perished in the war on Sweden's side. Denmark and Norway follow suit. As the year continues, the situation in Scandinavia shows marked improvement. King Kristoffer II, eager to see the Winter Palace, searches the Royal Palace in Stockholm for maps to the location of the secluded palace. He is unable to find it. The Royal Guard of the Halvars hadn't been told of its location; only the Halvar kings and some of the nobles knew of its location along with a number of handpicked guards and staff. In December, a map to the Winter Palace is finally found. A search party is sent, but returns with news of the Palace being in a state of disrepair. The structure is partially buried in snow. King Kristoffer II, rather than risk lives by ordering its repair, orders the map's destruction. The location of the Winter Palace is lost.
 * Iceland: The military improves.
 * Huronsmark: The militia improves.
 * Karelia: The military improves.
 * Strombek: The militia improves. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km this year.
 * Vinland: The militia improves.

1651
'''Chu and many of the border states on the North of Wu help Min fight off Wu, to keep the balance of power between the states. '''

Yue is a player nation, so it shouldn't be included.

'''Fixed. - Eip'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: 'Military expanded.


 * Suri Empire: We continue vassalizing Dhundhai (Turn Three of Seven). We continue to expand our infrastructure. With our iron and sulfur mines now in full production, we start production on our own firearms. Sindh Madrasatul Islam University continues to be built in Karachi (Turn Two of Five). Friendly trade relations with the East India Company and our iron is sent throughout the Muslim world.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Postive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 27th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Sultan Sulimen VI is now 2.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40-45 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 95,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome.
 * Nubia: We begin shifting towards Islam with greater increasing relations with the Damascan Sultanate. We request trading rights with Roman Egypt, Dacia, Croatia, Damascus, Mansuriyya, and France. Our King, King Amir Daal Suiman, a changed devout Muslim, orders the country to begin a massive switch to Islam. Much resistance is met. The people begin to cry for freedom of choice for religion. To appease the masses King Amir Daal Suiman, allows he Kingdom of Nubia, Makuria and Alodia to the right of free choice in religion. The infrastructure increases, and soldiers and mercenaries are sent to take part in the King's personal army. Mosques are built around the kingdom. Aid is requested from Damascus to jump start the nation, requesting economic, militaristic and technological support. Free access through the Philadelphi Canal is requested. (Roman and Damascan response). Islamic proselytizers come in from Mecca and Damascus and begin spreading Islam throughout the state. Due to the free choice people begin shining light towards King Amir Daal Suiman, and the population of Muslims in Nubia grows from 9% to 12%.
 * Alodia (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus.
 * Makuria (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus.
 * Damascan Diplomacy: We accept giving economic support. We deny militaristic force, unless Islam is enforced and becomes the main religion. We deny technological aid. We will meet with Roman leaders in order to discuss allowing Nubia to have access to the Philadelphi Canal. We send in Muslims to spread Islam in Nubia. We will not give militaristic or technological support until Nubia is recognized as an official Islamic nation.
 * France Dip: We will trade with the Nubians, and we would like to ask them to remain Christian, if done so the French will defend the Nubians from Muslim threat if that is to happen, by remaining Christian we will also give technological and military support to Nubian campaigns if needed.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire.Declares war on Prussia
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.Declares war on Prussia to gain territory from the Prussians in Borealia
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.Declares war on Prussia
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving 3 ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, thanks to scholars and their quick thinking, the ships are finished this year. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. With the Yue and Min off guard, the Japanese launch an invasion of the rest of Taiwan and Hainan, trying to show their military power to Asia. (Shanghai is joining in on this war too, and if you see them in the algo you know why.)
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are sent to Taiwan and Hainan to help support the Japanese.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Small Taiwanese state (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. A wave of about 5000 Japanese people settle to start up future merchanites. The war is supported for our political hegemony of Taiwan and all troops are sent into battle.
 * ​Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. After intense missionary, cultural, and economic conversions that have been going on for two centuries, Orissa is decidedly annexed into the Urdustani Empire. This changes little of its day to day runnings, as the Urdustani Emperor already personally ruled over Orissa. We begin to vassalize the Indian state of Sindh. (Turn Two of Five). The Emperor is borne a son and a daughter, naming the son لٹل بادشاہ الیاس شاہ (Chōṭē rājā iliyāsa śāha), and the daughter سب سے شہزادی الیاس شاہ (Sabhī kī rājakumārī iliyāsa śāha).
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham change their currency from their supposedly devaluing and unstable currency, to the Urdustani Tanki
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg begins (Turn Four of Fifteen).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. We send troops and supplies to attack Yue. Since Japan is attacking on the east front, we open up on the south front.


 * ​ Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * Netherlands Johannist Faction: After two years of organization and steady fortification the Johannists - led by the States-General - issue the orders to march into the Northern Lowlands and reunite the country, under Johann's banner. The army now standing at 115,000 strng is split into two separate armies - one launches an invasion across the Rhine River aimed at taking The Hague and securing the coastline to ensure the loyalty of the Navy, while the other invades Eastern North Netherlands through the French Kingdom of the Rhine cutting off the northern provinces from the central ones and encircling the Hendrik loyalists. Britannia is requested to aid in the assaults to end the war quickly without massive bloodshed and to reunite the lowlands as painlessly as possible. More flintlock muskets are produced and reforms in basic military tactics continue. I need two algos, guys - one for the Rhine campaign and another for the Eastern campaign.


 * ​Britannic Dip: The Royal Marines and Royal Navy both agree and deploy in and around the Rhine to help seize the Hague. The Royal Navy circles and begins blockading enemy ports, effectively limiting the enemy's ability to field their navy. The Navy is order to not fire unless necessary in hopes of maintaining ships for the successful conclusion of the invasion.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine.  Edmund James Smith invents the barometer.  Britannia declares support for the Johannist forces. The Britannia Royal Navy begins a massive naval campaign and troops are landed in Southern lowlands. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. The war against Austria carries on.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the Economy, and the economy. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and some cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. Samir III begins to build a Roman style road that will span the west coast of the nation (Turn One of Six).
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,810,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Taiwan: We continue to improve our military and defenses. More walls are built, and crossbows are built. We offer Japan a nonaggression and mutual defense pact against Wu China.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along.


 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1651, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 44, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 25, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 21, born 1630). In diplomatic news, Bavaria continues to war on Austria.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert. War is continually being waged on Austria
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. War is continually being waged on Austria.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * County of Oldenburg: The nation continues the recovery effort after the devastating floods of last year. Whilst many things are back to normal, the coastal areas are still quite damaged. Work continues on the port. The Regency Council announces an architectural competition to redesign the flood-ravaged capital. The design will have to incorporate flood-mitigating measures like dykes. Neu Juist expands down the peninsula by the maximum amount. Britannia is asked for weapons from their new armouries (for a price, of course).
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Many students at the university start drawing their plans for a redesigned Oldenburg. Agriculture expands.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is happy with the progress in Narva, and hopes she can spread this success to many nations. Pskov's economy imrpoves as it produces more and more. Meanwhile, a Pskovian Weaponsmith develops a new and improved way to make muskets, the flintlock. After showing this to the Veche and being invited to the Minister of Defence, the Pskovian government choses to adopt this weapon, and the Veche, under the request of the Grand Duchess, approves of the issuing of the flintlock as standard for all Pskovian soldiers. More flintlocks. The LEsser Northern war ends in the treaty of taalinn, the details of which will be elaborated on later.
 * The Republic of Narva: Erik Helsberg works onto incorporating the Republican army into the Armed forces of Narva. The First elections for the Riigikogu are held and the members bring forth their first issue, the creation of a new constitution. The Nation, Proclaimed as the Second Narvan Republic, establishes a strict code of succession and an election cycle, lasting five years, with new elections happening no later than three months before the cycle ends. The Narvans receive arms from Pskov, at a price, improving their military. Narva Declares war on Prussia after disputes become too much to bear. The Lands known as Greater Narva will come into the fold. The LEsser Northern war ends in the treaty of taalinn, the details of which will be elaborated on later.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs. Trade networks and the like begin to appear. The PIC supports the war with Prussia and starts to besiege its colonies in America.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, (Insert Name Here). He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to Christianize the people. Namestnik Godunov sees initial success in his plans, as more and more locals begin picking up on the language of their conquerors. Most if not all ex-nobles of the old government now know the language, and continue to attend schools, and send their children to continue their education in Russian and with Russian tutors. An edict is passed making Russian the primary language of education. Many of the more wealthy traders, and those who can afford it, begin to learn the language of the Pskovians, as a way to communicate with the Pskovian traders working for the PIC, as it is the only language many of them know (or want to speak). The Conference on Laws of the land finishes and begins implementing and people agree to Pskovian laws and whatnots..
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers, and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: falls under the control of the leader of Kuiggluk, a warrior elder by the name of Taktuq. Taktuq, who managed to subdue to wealthiest and most powerful part of the Band (the part centered around Mamterilleq), and then convinced the remaining Elders and general populace to accept him as the next Great Chief at a special, early Spring session of the Amellrutaq. The recent wars with the Caninermiut have drawn to a close, and the Caninermiut people begin becoming integrated with the mainstream of the Kiatagmiut, with whom they share a common religion and common culture. Meanwhile, the growth of berry bushes continues, and more and more varieties are traded for, by qayaq, and some wonder if meat can be made to be easily gatherable, in the same way that the berries can be gathered. To this end, a group of hunters bring back reindeer in a wounded, but not dead, state and attempt to keep them under tight watch. The city of Mamterilleq begins being brought to a higher standard, as more permanent buildings are built. Additionally, a formal and fancy building is made to be the meeting house of the Amellrutaq.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military and economy are built up.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to economy in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out.
 * Mongolia: The military and economy are built up.
 * Mongolia: The military and economy are built up.

1652
A conspiracy to kill Johan van Nassau-Orleans and his Republican government is stopped when one of the conspirators confesses, leading to the discovery of a bomb placed under the Dutch Parliament.

The Small Kingdoms begin grouping, in fear of Wu, and foreign powers, into larger kingdoms, providing for their self defence at more ease.

'''Despite previous attempts by the old regime of Dai Viet to assert its dominance over Laos and Cambodia, acting freely independent and in opposition. Frequent attempts, however, to vassalize both states by the new regime of Dai Viet cause both Laos and Cambodia to assert their independence, warning Dai Viet to renounce all claims, at risk of war. Both states also sign a temporary alliance to combat Dai Viet by force if necessary.'''

'''This mod event is ASB. I was told by Feud that I own Cambodia and Laos from the China break up into smaller states. Since they are my vassals I tell them what to do. If a mod wants me not to have them they should make me have a civil war and lose control over them. Yo ucan assert independece without a revolition or civil war. For now my nation and my vassals are fighting the Yue in a war so we can't have any revolts or civil wars. - Scarlet Outlaw'''

'''You are NOT a moderator, you therefore CANNOT cross out ANYTHING. Moreover this whole thing about Dai Viet actually having them as vassals was always a bit shady (they were crossed out one turn). Also, a civil war isn't needed for vassals to revolt. And if you're in a war you CAN have revolts. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 13:56, October 11, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''Scar, do not do that again, or else a ban from the game will follow. - Mscoree (talk)'''

'''The two founding generals of the Kingdom of Yue have a palace coup after the king attempts to give land and open trade with the Spanish. They then send their 150,000 strong army to Hainan, giving massive naval support, to show the Europeans that China is in charge of China. (Military: 10 Econonmy:10 Infrastructure: 10)'''

'''Sorry but they'll have to fight me for it, I've already occupied it, and I rewrote the event because stuff like deposing a ruler and whatnot (unless otherwise agreed by all the mods) requires a revolt algo. -Feud'''

'''These two generals were two-thirds of the power structure in Yue. I'll let them fight you for your recently acquired land, but this is more of a palace coup. They have the same residence, so I am re-rewriting the event accordingly.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure expanded. With the collapsing of Austria, the Emperor and his family are offered haven in Hamburg. PUs and vassals expand economies.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 28th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Sultan Sulimen VI is now 3.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 45-50 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Begins merging into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (Western Yemen- vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is underway to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. We receive 10px north and 10px south expanding in those directions. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Sultanate of Multan: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less likely of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with the finest cannons, each soldier having been provided swords and firearms although muskets were only granted to the Imperial Multan Defense Forces. Nevertheless, Multan was well protected with its walls and fortresses. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive on harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. Eco Turn/Infra Turn
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Suri Empire: News of the trouble in other parts of Asia reaches the ears of the Sultan. Border patrols start are reinforced and 800 soldiers are set to the Khyber Pass to start the construction of Fort Landi Kotal (Turns 1-3). The sultan sends 5000 troops to the Suri/Dhundhai border. We continue to expand our infrastructure. Our roads are slowly becoming highways, allowing goods and soldiers to move faster across the Empire. With our iron and sulfur mines now in full production, we start production on our own firearms. With the University almost finished, Karachi sees an influx of citizens, allowing the city to continue to grow into a large trading port. Sindh Madrasatul Islam University CONTINUES to be built in Karachi (Three of Five Turns). Friendly trade relations continue with the East India Company and our iron is sent throughout the Muslim world.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.


 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along. With the overrunning of Austria Spain corners a large Austrian force about 50 miles from Vienna and absolutely shattering it (this doesnt mean they were all killed). The Assault on Vienna also occurs in which the cities defenses are overrun in less than two weeks with nearly 20,000 Spanish troops taking up the occupation of the city. Spain also captures the ruler of Austria and draws up a treaty to end the war. Spain warns Yue that as the territory given to Spain has been occupied the Yue will need to take the territory back by force. 
 * The territory given to Spain was occupied and I need to take it back? Something doesn't make sense ...
 * I meant occupied by Spain. which means I'm using it. -Feud
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is Established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route


 * ​Bavarian Dip: Bavaria offers the hand of Princess Ingrid, aged 26, to the Crown Prince of Hispania.
 * Hispanian Dip: Agreed
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1652, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold, aged 45, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. By 1646, most of the younger Saxon nobles are of Bavarian heritage, and the revolt risk drops substantially. In royal news, Princess Ingrid (age 25, b. 1626) is open for marriage, as well as Crown Prince Leopold (age 22, born 1630). In diplomatic news, Bavaria continues to war on Austria. In astonishing, terrorizing news, Leopold I is murdered in court. The assassin, a Bohemian noble, was able to infilitrate court with a long blade concealed in his jacket. The assassin approached the King, and in several swift lunges, stabbed him several times in the chest and throat. The assassin was apprehended immediately as Leopold stumbled to the ground. The King was dead within two minutes. Leopold's son takes the throne as Leopold II. After several interrogations, the assassin reveals himself as Josef-Karolin von Harrach. He is hung two days later.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert. War is continually being waged on Austria
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. War is continually being waged on Austria.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * In Pskov, A man goes around the nation asking people what they thought of the war, and, unsurprisingly, not many actually surprising as it is dominated by city folk. This needed to change, and more and more rural people decide to send representatives to the veche, the idea of a representative parliament, that was gaining some traction before the war as a concept, finally becomes more mainstream as people began to realise that it is not their interests, but the interests of the city dwellers, who are 65% of the population, but not jus that, the interests of Capital residents that are most often protrayed. A law is passed, and signed by the Grand Duchess, putting in place a series of events, that will change the face of Politics in Pskov forever, and turn it into a true, parliamentary system ala Narva. The first step is the official annoyuncement of the construction of the "New Veche Hall", the name of the new parliament is called the "New Veche", as opposed to the old one who met in the fields of the kremlin. The Role of Posadnik is changed to much of that as the role of the Peaminister in Narva Prior to the War of Gunnar, leader who must keep the confidence of the veche. It is agreed to that the New Veche will ahve one hundred members, and the Grand Prince or Princess Voting to break a tie. The Election process of the Grand Prince is also changed, with one thousand members from Pskov and one hundred from Narva being sent to represent regions and electors in the "election Hall". However, due to this, everyten years, the electoral council must reconvene and be re-elected to either reconfirm or remove the position of Power from the Ruling Head of State. The Right to form parliamentary factions is granted and officialized, and the total transition is set to be complete by 1655. Economy improves slightly due to the Treaty of Taalinn. More flintlocks
 * Narva: Recovers from the war, and stuff, and free trade is good. The trade with Prussians improves certain things, and denies certain things. anyway. agricultural revolution continues, and military is imroved(military turn)
 * PIC: Improves trade.
 * ZlatobrezhiE: Improves gold production.
 * Ming China; The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to military in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out. We declare war on Bavaria, fully mobilizing and sending siege weapons.
 * Meta Turn - Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 21:42, October 13, 2014 (UTC)
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. London undergoes a massive beautification campaign aimed at making the city the "Rome of the North", large fountains and statues of famous Brittannic peoples line the Mall. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer.  The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. Britannia announces a deal with Oldenburg to sell new weapons made in Berkshire and Oxfordshire.  Gregory Higgins of Wales invents the pendulum clock.  MORE MAY BE ADDED LATER.
 * The pendulum clock was already invented. 
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separetist movements are largely ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km inland. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area. Majority of the L'nu are now firmly Western Catholic. The L'nu petition the Patriarch of Canterbury for bishops. 
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. Continues warring on Prussia.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. Continues warring on Prussia.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Continues warring on Prussia.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Vorlayacor: Construction on the grand road continues. The military and navy continue their training. Northwest incorporation continues. We send diplomats to live in the capitals of France, Brittania, Hispania, Tawatinsuyu, the Netherlands, and the Roman Empire.
 * Ayutthaya: Our major roads are built linking the Northern and Southern regions together and for the potential of many towns to be developed. We have also made many main roads pavement and we also have regular stoping points for long journeys along these roads. The new route to the south brings much needed trade to the region and boost Ayutthaya's economy. Navy and military technology become our main focus again.
 * Lanna: More town and regional roads are created in hope to bring more Thai ethnecity to the region.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: Population continues to expand and the islands become major ports and cities that relly on food produce from mainland Ayutthaya to be sufficiant.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Dai Viet: We have noticed your recent troubles in maintaining your Vassalisation over both Cambodia and Laos regions. We would like to offer both our military and economical support for you to re-capture the regions for a small area of regional Laos. (Perhaps what is now Thailand area in OTL Laos).
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving three ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, thanks to scholars and their quick thinking, the ships are finished this year. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. With the Yue and Min off guard, the Japanese launch an invasion of the rest of Taiwan and Hainan, trying to show their military power to Asia.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are sent to Taiwan and Hainan to help support the Japanese.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Small Taiwanese state (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. A wave of about 5000 Japanese people settle to start up future merchanites. The war is supported for our political hegemony of Taiwan and all troops are sent into battle.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg begins (Turn Five of Fifteen).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. Quin marries a lady of the name of Suki. We send troops to make sure Laos and Cambodia are still our vassals.


 * ​ Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 59, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 31. Elenora, now a baby of 3 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 2, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 6.01 million.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years (1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Wu China: We mobilize and for the first time, introduce our navy. We invade the Min a second time to induce hegemony on them. We request Hispania to help us in this recent endevour.
 * Yue China: The government quickly tries to mend relationships with our neighbors. Meanwhile the focus is on the rebels and the Vietnamese random act of aggression. Economy turn
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the Economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and some cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. Samir III begins to build a Roman style road that will span the west coast of the nation (Turn Two of Six). The Empire asks to sign trade agreements with Hispania, Rome, Dacia, Damascan Sultanate, and Suri Empire to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. Samir III also starts planning the grand canal system for Waardige.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Taiwan: We bring our army up to 20,000 and begin to build cannons, setting up defenses. Crops continue to be grown in the interior as well as lumber being harvested. Taipei begins to have new stone structures built throughout the city, and the government considers moving to an easier defensible city. The port city of Keelung has several new docks constructed and laborers begin to deepen the channel and expand warehouse. A small navy is constructed with five gunboats.
 * Borgu: We focus on building up our small economy through National Trade.
 * The Tartary's crops begin worsening this year, as the cold weather begins heavily weakening the nation. Heavy investment into the economy occurs as to prevent this. The military is also developed, and they build several roads to connect the failing farms to the urban centres. Siberian expansion continues up the Lena, led mostly by the Yakuts and Ket people, which are searching for new deer and fish. Many Sakha and Ket are converted to Mastoravism this year. Even more Samoyeds begin settle down, creating several towns in the Yamal, while the Mator-Samoyeds settle in Eastern Siberia, increasing the population of the hence desolate region. As the focus of the nation moves to the less failing far East, influence begins to be exerted on the Jurchens. Thousands of Mastoravic priests, merchants, and settlers flood into Manchuria, beginning to expand their influence in the area. The Jurchen Khan begins ot be vassalised (Turn One of Five).
 * The Azovan Khaganate begins to become ever more closely dependent upon the Tartary, as the ports of Ozu-Cale and Ine'Fedor-osh become the Tartary's major ports. As the crops begin failing, this political and economic dependence stops being bilateral, as the Tartary begins to have to carry Azov's economy. Massive economic development occurs because of this, and the nation begins to be ever more closely integrated into the Tartary,
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues the growth of its nation. The tribes of Urup, Simushir and Paramushir, where small Ainu tribes begin to be created. The Mastorava first arrives to Mangut Nivkhgu but does not make much of an impact within the deeply Buddhist populace. The Ainu are introduced to the Mastoravic faith, Buddhism and the beautiful pastries of Ñendaqo, and take a liking to all three. The Mastorava begins to be translated to Ainu, which gives them their first written text; for this, a version of the Greek alphabet used in the Tartary is applied to the language. The shipyards of Ñendaqo greatly expand as islands are included in the realm. The economy grows through the shipyards and the pastries. The military is expanded to put down any Ainu revolts.
 * The Shahdom of Parthia develops its economy. As one of the few states not badly affected by the worsening temperatures in the Tatar sphere, it begins to export massive amounts of agricultural produce; this means that the economy blooms. The Great Houses continue in the search for any "descendants" of the Houses of Dohae, Suren and Parni. Towards the end of the year, they find a promising candidate from the House of Suren, a merchant from Tehran. Bandits seize a mountain path to the Alborz nations; as a retailation for this, the military is extremely ramped up and developed.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara continues developing its territory. Cotton harvests go down, but not as extremely harshly as in the rest of the Tatar Empire; some of the fluvial lands of the nation get repurposed for food farming. The population and economy grow because of this; many people flock to the nation, bringing with them their Mastoravic faith, which is now probably the faith of the overwhelming majority of those in the rural regions, while in Bukhara itself, Judaism has risen.
 * The Khanate of Khiva also develops. The desertic nature of the Khanate of Khiva means it is somewhat benefitted from the lowering climate. However, the Khan of Khiva has died, and, heirless, his nobles elect the Emir of Bukhara as their King. The process of integration between the two nations begins.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to expand their military and economy. Already a very import-dependent economy, the freeze doesn't actually affect the nation as heavily as other nations in the Tatar Empire. Trade blooms, in fact, as warmer climates begin exporting to colder climates.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv's population drops because of a small famine in the region. Many people turn away from Orthodoxy. Massive investment into the economy and military occurs.
 * The Bajkal Khaganate also develops its military and economy, mostly evading the famines ocurring in the rest of the nation.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. The war against Austria is soon to be ended. Once the Treaty of Vienna is signed the Croatia Kingdom of Western Hungary will become part of the Czardom.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations are brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Netherlands Johannist Faction: After two years of organization and steady fortification the Johannists - led by the States-General - issue the orders to march into the Northern Lowlands and reunite the country, under Johann's banner. The army now standing at 115,000 strng is split into two separate armies - one launches an invasion across the Rhine River aimed at taking The Hague and securing the coastline to ensure the loyalty of the Navy, while the other invades Eastern North Netherlands through the French Kingdom of the Rhine cutting off the northern provinces from the central ones and encircling the Hendrik loyalists. Britannia is requested to aid in the assaults to end the war quickly without massive bloodshed and to reunite the lowlands as painlessly as possible. More flintlock muskets are produced and reforms in basic military tactics continue. I need two algos, guys - one for the Rhine campaign and another for the Eastern campaign.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military continues to be built up as a mandatory draft is instituted; all men must now serve three years in the military when they turn 19. The population increases to four million as benefits instituted for having children. Economic prosperity continues throughout the nation as trade intensifies, as the Imperium is in a prime location to profit from the Silk Road.
 * Mongolia: The Imperial Army in Mongolia is expanded as the mandatory draft is instituted. Imperial engineers continue to bring Mongolia up to Imperial standards as more roads are built and arable farmland increased. This leads to more economic prosperity.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,760,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band, under new Great Elder Taktuq, continues its great domestication experiment. The number of berries planted outside the villages only increases in number, and the standard of living is improving greatly. For the first time in all oral tradition, there is a large period called Qawanerteliita, in which people can, for about three weeks, celebrate and enjoy themselves without having to work. This idea was proposed by Taktuq, in large part to prevent any of the newly absorbed groups from breaking off by letting them experience how great and advanced Kiatagmiut society is, as compared to their former bands. In addition to the cultivation of berries (which range in number and variety from snowberries to the latest addition - huckleberries), the elk population is kept under tight guard. This most ambitious project is proving really difficult, but it observed that those young elk born into captivity are less likely to try to escape, and with this hope, the experiment continues.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is expanded as the region becomes more volatile. Border forts are manned with extra troops to warn against any foreign incursions. Neu Juist expands South 100 km.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure, including that of the university, is improved.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.


 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. After intense missionary, cultural, and economic conversions that have been going on for two centuries, Orissa is decidedly annexed into the Urdustani Empire. This changes little of its day to day runnings, as the Urdustani Emperor already personally ruled over Orissa. We begin to vassalize the Indian state of Sindh. (Turn Three of Five). The Emperor is borne a son and a daughter, naming the son لٹل بادشاہ الیاس شاہ (Chōṭē rājā iliyāsa śāha), and the daughter سب سے شہزادی الیاس شاہ (Sabhī kī rājakumārī iliyāsa śāha).
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham change their currency from their supposedly devaluing and unstable currency, to the Urdustani Tanki

1653
''' A large fire breaks out in the Japanese city of Edo, causing major damage to city, including damage to landmark Edo Castle. The disaster kills an estimated 100,000 people, and becomes famous in Japanese history as the Great Fire of Meireki. '''

''' After flooding in the Zambezi river, the tribal kingdom of !Xóonte migrates northward into the Zambia-Angola border IOTL, where they settle down once again. '''

''' The year’s crops fail abysmally in the Tartary, leading to widespread famine throughout the nation, especially in the Far East. '''

''' Famine spreads to the Imperium of Heaven, causing widespread death across the nation. The lack of food causes the army to suffer from attrition, and extra food is required from vassals causing heavy disdain from the Mongols and other recently subjugated peoples. The Mongol Khanate declares independence from the Imperium of Heaven, raising an army of desperate peasants and former soldiers to combat the Imperium. (Scores undoubled: Military: 10, Economy: 7, Infrastructure: 7). The lack of supplies and rapid warring also angers the soldiers of the Imperium’s army, causing low troop morale and no non-democratic or democratic support for ten years. '''


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 29th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 23.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Sultan Sulimen VI is now 4.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 45-50 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Begins merging into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (Western Yemen- vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is underway to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. We receive 5px north and 5px south expanding in those directions. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: infrastructure expanded. In occupied Hesse, the military continues to consolidate control while treaty negotiations are underway.
 * Prussia: We dedicate this turn to military in Prussia and all our nation’s vassals, colonial possessions, and territories. We continue to expand our shipyards to facilitate trade and to garrison large military fleets. Shipyards are expanded and we continue producing ships. The population of Prussia grows slightly as crops from the New World are introduced in the nation, and colonial expeditions to Borealia are carried out. We declare war on Bavaria. War continues against Bavaria.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Sultanate of Multan: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less likely of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and elephants as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive on harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. He was keen on educating the local populace and subjects such as mathematics, chemistry, astronomy, etc, were focused upon by the Sultan. The Sultan believing that it was important for the nation to modernise, ordered the construction of a major library. Many of these actions led him into conflict with nobles whom he finally dealt with by executing the disobedient ones and taking their property and wealth. Eco Turn/Infra Turn
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the Economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and some cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. Samir III begins to build a Roman style road that will span the west coast of the nation (Turn Three of Six). The Empire asks to sign trade agreements with Hispania, Rome, Dacia, Damascan Sultanate, and Suri Empire to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. Samir III and his advisors have come up with blueprints for the canal system of the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Wu China: Our economy is improved with a hard years' work of trade coming in from Shanghai and Hespania.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. he military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg begins (Turn Six of Fifteen).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The economy is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The economy improves.
 * Vorlayacor: Construction on the grand road continues, and military forts across the nation are upgraded once again. The army and navy continue their training. Crops perform exceptionally well this year, leading to farms in the northwest expanding their plots and revenues.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. After intense missionary, cultural, and economic conversions that have been going on for two centuries, Orissa is decidedly annexed into the Urdustani Empire. This changes little of its day to day runnings, as the Urdustani Emperor already personally ruled over Orissa. We begin to vassalize the Indian state of Sindh. (Turn Four of Five). The Emperor is borne a son and a daughter, naming the son لٹل بادشاہ الیاس شاہ (Chōṭē rājā iliyāsa śāha), and the daughter سب سے شہزادی الیاس شاہ (Sabhī kī rājakumārī iliyāsa śāha).
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham change their currency from their supposedly devaluing and unstable currency, to the Urdustani Tanki


 * Ayutthaya: Military bases are built in regional areas and some are also expanded in Southern Ayutthaya to ensure our constant rule over the distant area. We increase our weapon technologies and we continue trading with Hispania and the Netherlands. A new town named Phanong, based around the Phanom Rung volcano site becomes a thriving city for its export of Saltpetre. Many businesses and local communities see great improvements to their infrastructure and roads. Ayutthaya has also installed a new military base in the area which will deal with any potential threats to the very economically important site.
 * Lanna: The population of Lanna continues to grow and we see Thai populations increasing quicker than expected. However, most of Lanna proves to not maintain a good income. Stabability and economy are grown in this region.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: The Nicobar islands see more growth and the need for stabability on the islands is increased so we continue to upgrade our military facilities. The Thai population on the islands, mostly due to migration from mainland Ayutthaya through western ports, reaches just above 140,000. The streets become denser and we create many multi-story buildings to accomodate the increase of population.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. A new religion emerges in Korea near Busan, called Mahayana Tao-Shintoism, which is a fusion of Taoism, Buddhism and Shinto into one unified religion.
 * Ming China The Ming continue to expand their economy and military.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia ends.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Continues warring on Prussia. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * County of Oldenburg: The nation's military is ramped up, with a very large portion of the government's money being spent on it this year. A regiment of troops is sent to Neu Juist to protect the new colony against any threat. New naval vessels are also constructed to replace outdated ones. The design competition for Oldenburg's new city layout is complete, and Franz Wolfenbeutel's new, stylish design is selected. It has a nice, grid-like pattern, whilst maintaining parts of the Altstadt of particular value.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Bishop also pours money into the oft-maligned Episcopal Militia in order to safeguard his realm.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. Quin's first child and son Haun is born. We continue to send troops to make sure Laos and Cambodia to make sure they stay as our vassals.


 * ​ Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up. Supplies and troops are being sent for the war.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving 3 ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, thanks to scholars and their quick thinking, the ships are finished this year. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along. With the overrunning of Austria Spain corners a large Austrian force about 50 miles from Vienna and absolutely shattering it (this doesn't mean they were all killed). The assault on Vienna also occurs in which the cities defenses are overrun in less than two weeks with nearly 20,000 Spanish troops taking up the occupation of the city. Spain also captures the ruler of Austria and draws up a treaty to end the war. Spain warns Yue that as the territory given to Spain has been occupied and the Yue will need to take the territory back by force. 
 * The territory given to Spain was occupied and I need to take it back? Something doesn't make sense ...
 * I meant occupied by Spain. which means I'm using it. -Feud
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. The war against Austria is ended and the Czardom attempts to uses the gains in the war to recover its economy.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia: The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carinthia-Styria: The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to domesticate both berries and wild reindeer and elk. This domestication effort is led by the High Shaman, but the Great Elder Taktuq continues to push the effort, seeing that the wealth of his ban has improved significantly since the domestication began and that it is the natural progression from the Lavkar Reforms which are now hailed as inspired by the Supreme Spirit. The Cult of the Supreme Spirit continues to become extremely popular, and it is finally included by the High Shaman as the conclusion to the canonical oral traditions and religious legends that are completed this year after many years of combining and altering, editing and formatting stories to create a true religion. With the domestication and the effective end of the nomadic lifestyle, the High Shaman then begins to have efforts dedicated to creating an agayuwig, or spiritual house. This will serve as a sort of church for all Kiatagmiut and also as the meeting place for the various angakkuqs. Trade continues through the use of the qayaq, and relations with the Togiagmiut continue to blossom.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 60, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 32. Elenora, now a child of 4 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 3, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 6.01 million.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years(1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * As the Tartary's crops collapses, widespread famine begins. Many of the 25 million people of the Tartary lack food. While the preparations to the nation mildly cushion the collapse of food from the chernozem area, which fails spectacularly to produce anything, the nation still feels a strong impact. Thousands starve in the first few months as the price of food quintuples in a short time. In the East, where the population is armed and is dependent on exports, the worst effect is felt. The peasants of the East, especially the Mordvins, Tatars, Turks and Ukrainains that move to the area (the Sakha and the Nenets, as well as the native Mongol tribes, are not so affected) begin protesting violently against government offices that just rise the prices of food. Other people flee eastwards from the famine, reaching Manchuria, where the culture continues to be influenced, and the nation begins falling into the Tatar sphere of influence (turn 2/5). While the year's national efforts are dedicated to the economy, there is no way to stop the crop collapse. Food begins to be imported from outside powers such as Iran and Rome. To slightly increase the amount of output directly presented to Siberia, the Azovan Khaganate is annexed into the Tartary. This also brings dissent to the nation, as well as the fact that Emperor Julian has so far only had a daughter, named Irene.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu develops its military and economy, while the Kuril colony expands. THIS POST IS ONLY VALID IF LEMMING DOESN'T POST
 * Bukhara also continues development, with more of its land being dedicated to farming food. However, the cotton export industry does not stop, but instead slows down considerably, something that, although hurts the nation in winter, helps prevent widespread starvation. Khiva beginst o be annexed into the Emirate. The economy is highly developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops its military and economy. The right bank of the Dnieper is given to Dacia as a sign of good will.
 * The Azovan Khaganate develops its military and economy, preparing for any revolts from the Tartary.
 * Parthia develops military and economy
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,710,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1653, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 23, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. In other news, Bavaria, Hispania, and Croatia fight valiantly against Austria and completely partition the Archduchy.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Kingdom of Bohemia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. After the destructive war against Austria devastated Bohemia, King Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects are commissioned around Bohemia in order to improve the country. Also, several poorhouses are planned to be established around Prague and surrounding areas. Leopold plans on several royal tours around Bohemia in coming months and years.
 * Duchy of Silesia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Silesia in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Kingdom of Osterreich: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby.
 * Archbisophric of Salzburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Salzburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold plans on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian.
 * Austrian Switzerland: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over the Swiss lands in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Shocked by both the famine and the loss of its vassal Mongolia, the Imperial propaganda machine shuts down as the truth floods into the people. Large crowds riot in front of the Jade Palace in Imperial Center, and are only calmed by what would later be known as the Thousand Year Speech. Soon after the Thousand Year Speech, the Imperial Ministry of Agriculture begins a massive enrichment program, with canals being dug around Imperial Center from the nearby Azulon Sea (Aral Sea). The military is reduced from 77,000 troops to 55,000, but is improved in different ways such as fire discipline, rationing, and the invention of small, portable meals. The new agricultural techniques lead to increased production, although the famine continues to hit the population hard. Luckily, grains stored in emergency storages help assuage some of the impact; however, at the end of the year, the death toll is estimated at 95,000.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.

1654
''' 50,000 people begin emigrating |onte, fleeing the famine, a year, going through French Africa, mostly to Sardinia. '''

'''50,000 people flee in the same direction? I'm a bit confused... Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 15:57, October 13, 2014 (UTC)'''

This event is very poorly written, and appears to just be giving France free citizens.

This event is going to give me eventual commies lel Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 23:57, October 13, 2014 (UTC)

'''Near the start of the year, a Spanish ship carrying settlers to the enclave in Northern Australia is wrecked off the coast of Shark Bay. The ship is able to limp to shore, and most of the passengers, livestock and supplies survive. The Spanish band together on the Southern shore of Shark Bay, eking out an existence in an area they name Nueva Majorca. Several months later, an almost identical series of events takes place, but this time with a Britannic ship. The Britannic survivors settle on OTL Dirk Hartog Island, which they name New Hertfordshire. All the while, the Dutch-populated Duchy of Terra Australis stretches southward. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: infrastructure expanded. Meanwhile, at home, Duke Otto decides to secretly send support to the Monarchists in the Netherlands. Five thousand mercenary troops discreetly march into Monarchist territory to aid them, wearing Monarchist uniforms and using proof mark-less weapons, so as to not trace them back to Hamburg.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Sultanate of Punjab: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less likely of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and elephants as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive on harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. He was keen on educating the local populace and subjects such as mathematics, chemistry, astronomy etc were focused upon by the Sultan. The Sultan believing that it was important for the nation to modernise, ordered the construction of a major library. Many of these actions led him into conflict with nobles whom he finally dealt with by executing the disobedient ones and taking their property and wealth. Meanwhile, the capital of the Sultanate is shifted to Lahore and it is decided that a new name shall be imposed upon the nation, that is the Sultanate of Punjab. And to secure control over the River Indus, the ambitious Sultan immediately mobilised the military to attack to prepare siege weaponry and capture Larkana. Indeed, the Indian League had more or less disintegrated and Punjab had received approval from to capture Larkana. Meanwhile, we vassalize Kangra (Turn One of Five). Eco Turn/Mil Turn
 * Punjab - Bavaria Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World to Bavaria
 * Bavarian Dip: King Leopold II and the Curia Bavaria graciously accept this new herbal wonder.
 * Punjab - Urdustan Diplomacy: Pubjab requests Urdustan to cede land to allow Punjab access to the sea. Until land is ceded, Urdustan would be obliged to allow Punjab to use Urdustani ports as agreed upon in the Free Trade Agreement.
 * Suri Empire: Border patrols continue. With Fort Landi Kotal complete, the Khyber Pass becomes a fortress, providing protection to the Suri Empire. Troops continue to be sent to our southern border, with the army there reaching 10,000. Military is expanded, with our armies reaching 150,000. With the sprawling highway system, the Sultan can move his armies faster and to previously difficult places to reach.  Sindh Madressatul Islam finally finished and being one of the premier schools of thought in the Islamic world, scholars flock to Karachi to gain an education.


 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * The state of Sindh is a vassal of Urdustan and the Suri Empire has no control over it. Similarly, the city of Karachi is present in Urdustani Sindh so I fail to see how or why the Suri Empire must mention developments in Karachi in its turn, therefore please refrain doing so
 * Sindh Madressatul Islam was/is a university in Karachi. I've been referencing Karachi for a few turns, nobody has said anything until now.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,610,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI buys the machinery required to start mining, and begins amassing many of the victims of the famine into an army called Eheresito hu |onte. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
 * Ayutthaya: Our military expansion continues and we continue to upgrade naval bases. We prduce some more warships along with the Ayutthayan Jabesh I Warship, which is equiped with 50 cannons (20 each side, eight in front, two rear). We also start building the Nicobar Fort, which is beggining construction on the island of Chowra, just north of Teressa and Bompoka. (Turn One of Ten) The island fort will be able to hold 10,000 men, it will also have a docking station where large boats can be lifted into a lower warehouse for ptotection and re-pairs. The island will also have a dock where supplies can quickly and easilly be delivered and the fort will also be used as a military teactical base in case of attack or instability imposed on the Ayutthayan Nicobar. Roads are upgraded to towns in the south.
 * Lanna: We increase our stability over the region and we increase our economy to make sure that we retun a good profit.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: We open a larger city on the southern tip of Nancowry island where we hope a seconf Nicobaran city will thrive. We have dedicated almost all of Katchai island to agriculture and also has a small naval base which serves as a back up to the base on Camorta Island.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along. With the overrunning of Austria Spain corners a large Austrian force about 50 miles from Vienna and absolutely shattering it (this doesn't mean they were all killed). The assault on Vienna also occurs in which the cities defenses are overrun in less than two weeks with nearly 20,000 Spanish troops taking up the occupation of the city. Spain also captures the ruler of Austria and draws up a treaty to end the war. Spain warns Yue that as the territory given to Spain has been occupied and the Yue will need to take the territory back by force. 
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The Economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. Venezia officially annexes the territory from Austria.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also begins to gain followers beginning in the small towns next to Busan.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work begins on implementing Franz Wolfenbeutel's stylish new design for the Oldenburg city-centre. Hamburg is reached out to to renew our compact of friendship in the wake of Bavaria's astronomical rise to premier German state. Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast towards Neu Juist.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy improves.
 * Bavarian Dip: King Leopold II sends an envoy to Oldenburg. His envoy acknowledges the sudden surge of Bavarian prominence, but they also note that Bavaria holds no hostility or aspirations for the County of Oldenburg.
 * Hamburgian Dip: Hamburg agrees to the renewal of the friendship pact.
 * Oldenburger Dip: Regent Mary and the Regency Council thank Hamburg for their accepting, and also thank the Bavarian envoy for their reassurances, going on to say that Oldenburg is not opposed to Bavaria's new position now that our fears have been allayed.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval devleopment speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. he military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. French spreads among the elite, while Basque and Livonian immigrants are now joined by French people. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg continues apace (Turn Nine of Fifteen). Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664.
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. We continue to send troops to make sure Laos and Cambodia to make sure they stay as our vassals.


 * ​ ​ Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving 3 ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, thanks to scholars and their quick thinking, the ships are finished this year. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Tr
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the Economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. Samir III begins to build a Roman style road that will span the west coast of the nation (Turn Four of Six). The Empire asks to sign trade agreements with Hispania, Rome, Dacia, Damascan Sultanate, and Suri Empire to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. Samir III and his advisors have come up with blueprints for the canal system of the capital.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Lanka to  Hispania : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Rome : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Dacia : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons. Do you accept:  Dacia apologizes for the delayed response, and accepts the trade agreement. Five Culverini will be shipped to Lanka as a down payment, and a gesture of goodwill.
 * Lanka to  Damascan Sultanate : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Suri Empire : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money. Do you accept:
 * Vorlayacor: The Grand Road is completed, allowing for vastly more efficient internal trade. Resultantly, the number of manufacturing businesses in the interior nearly doubles, and some farms are able to nearly triple the size of their plots. The economy of the nation and the general welfare of the average citizen see a sharp increase. The army and navy continue their training. There is talk of sending a Great Fleet around the world to showcase what Vorlayacor has accomplished since the Mapuche people were once defeated over 150 years ago.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. The war against Austria is ended and the Czardom attempts to uses the gains in the war to recover its economy.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia: The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carinthia-Styria: The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band, under Great Elder Taktuq, continues to domesticate wild elk and reindeer. The young offspring in this process are notably more docile and calm than their elder parent. The population of these domesticated animals increases at a rapid rate, as each year each doe has two or three fawns. This, and the increase in berries available to the populace, leads to an increase in population that has never before been seen, let alone anticipated. With so many children born this spring, more people have to work than usual and they are surprised just how efficient they have gotten at their tasks at hand. Meanwhile, at the village of Naparyarraq (the main port city at the mouth of the Kusqusvak River), the qayaq industry blossoms further, as qayaqs are being used for longer and longer voyages. Meanwhile, a road begins to develop from the use of luussitars between the cities along the Kusquqvak River and the cities in the Tundra (Kassigluq, Atmalluaq, Nunapicuar). Meanwhile, after many years of great relations with the various Togiagmiut peoples, they have decided that eventual integration into the Kiatagmiut Band would be serve their role in the land of Kelutmun. The common religions and language helps fuel this movement, but most importantly is, interestingly enough, last year's introduction of the Qawanerteliita. The date of expected integration is about 1660, and in the interim, efforts are made to bring the Togiagmiut up to speed with domestication and use of luussitars and qayaqs.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia continues (my bad cookie didn't fixed this lel)
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Continues warring on Prussia. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II falls ill in late 1654, by the end of the year he has died. His son Vladimir II, now 33, takes the throne, and resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 5 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 4, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years(1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow sign
 * Wu China: Infrastructure is improved. Tensions grow across the Min-Wu border, seeing the Min keep on using old maps of the region.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1654, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 24, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. In other news, Bavaria, Hispania, and Croatia fight valiantly against Austria and completely partition the Archduchy.  In domestic news, Leopold II convenes a meeting of the Curia Bavaria in March in order to rebuild Bohemia and Austria after the devastating war' . 'Leopold II drafts several plans in order to specially aid the two states. First, he will establish royal commissions to construct poorhouses and aim to improve infrastructure in and around Vienna and Prague. Secondly, he will establish several royally-chartered guilds to operate in Pomerania and Brandenburg. The trade will primarily filter into Austria and Bohemia, to where guilds will be also be founded. The infrastructure, poor relief, and trade will then aid the Austrian and Bohemian lands. The Curia Bavaria, while hesitant to even consider aiding a defeated enemy, eventually accept the King's plans. The King notes that he aims to bring the Austrian and Bohemian lower and middle class under a wing of Bavarian punishment, while covertly punishing the powerful upper classes: those who can raise armies and threaten Bavarian rule. Leopold II closes out his speech by ordering that 10,000 troops are diverted from Greater Saxony, and to be split and sent to Austria and Bohemia.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Duchy of Swabia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Kingdom of Bohemia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. After the destructive war against Austria devastated Bohemia, King Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects are commissioned around Bohemia in order to improve the country. Also, several poorhouses are planned to be established around Prague and surrounding areas. Leopold plans on several royal tours around Bohemia in coming months and years. 5000 troops are sent to Bohemia on stand-by orders.
 * Duchy of Silesia: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Silesia in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Kingdom of Osterreich: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby.
 * Archbisophric of Salzburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Salzburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold plans on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian.
 * Austrian Switzerland: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over the Swiss lands in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Militaristic and economic reform continues as the nation enters the second year of the Great Leap Forward. Arable farmland continues to be developed around the Azulon Sea and more canals and irrigation ditches are dug out from the massive lake. The road network continues to be improved for ease of travel and trade.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. After intense missionary, cultural, and economic conversions that have been going on for two centuries, Orissa is decidedly annexed into the Urdustani Empire. This changes little of its day to day runnings, as the Urdustani Emperor already personally ruled over Orissa. We begin to vassalize the Indian state of Sindh. (Turn Five of Five). 
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham change their currency from their supposedly devaluing and unstable currency, to the Urdustani Tanki

1655
'''Following the chaos of the War in Germany, the people and nobles of Bohemia, Moravia and Silesia rise up against their masters in the Holy Roman Empire, declaring that they will remain in the Holy Roman Empire only if they are subject only to the Emperor. They quickly make an effort to display this and set up their own military and laws independent of Bavarian or Austrian standards. (Scores doubled for each: Military: 8, Economy: 6, Infrastructure: 6)'''

Um - This is kinda BS for a multitude of reasons. First off, why are Bohemia, Moravia and Silesia able to grab doubled scores two years after such a war? They lost an enormous war which would've severely damaged their morale, infrastructure and manpower, yet they are able to stage a pretty organized, powerful revolt?? Speaking of infrastructure and such, since 1653 I have been constructing makeshift poorhouses and repairing infrastructure all over Bohemia, yet of course that impact doesn't seem to translate to this event. Cookiedamage (talk) 00:20, October 14, 2014 (UTC)

Note: I do say, though, that I accept this mod event, and I don't really dispute the general part of it. The only things I do dispute are the doubled scores and quickness of it all. Cookiedamage (talk)

'''Having been subjected to foreign rule for nearly a century, Persians revolt against their Arab and Tartar masters. Motivated by both ethnicity and religion, the mostly Shiite Persians seek to break the “Arab and Tartar Yoke” of their people and their lands and restore Persian independence. They begin the revolt in a disorganized fashion, using riots to target Tartar and Arab guards in cities like Tehran and Istefan. (Scores undoubled for both: Military 6, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 7)'''

'''The Duchy of Terra Australis makes contact with New Majorca and New Hertfordshire in quick succession. Although relations between the groups are initially tense, they soon realise that if they band together, they will have a greater chance of survival and of ensuring dominance in the area. With the help of some bilingual members of their communities, a power-sharing agreement is made giving the Dutch, Britannic, and Spanish communities equal say in the newly-upgraded Kingdom of Terra Australis. The groups pool their agricultural and military resources and soon have a reasonably thriving hamlet of mud and stone huts.'''

In Prussia a famine hits the regions of Livonia, Courland and Ossel-Wiek, the famine and the already complex situation of the Prussian military leads to a small uprising in the regions of Livonia and Courland demanding for further freedom and for the end of the Wars.
 * Suri Empire: Border patrols intensify. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. Troops continue to be sent to our southern border, with the army there reaching 12,000. Military is expanded, with our armies reaching 160,000 while our weapons and defenses improve. With the sprawling highway system, the Sultan can move his armies faster and to previously difficult places to reach. I mixed up some names so Karachi is now Hasnuwali and Sindh Madresatul Islam is now Khan Pir Islam.


 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 31st birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Sultan Sulimen VI is now 6.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 45-50 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 375,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Begins merging into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (Western Yemen- vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is underway to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: in occupied Hesse, the Paderborn, Lippe, and Brunswick-Göttingen provinces are officially annexed, with the remainder still under occupation. Infrastructure expanded.
 * PUs, vassals, colonies: militaries expanded.


 * Sultanate of Punjab: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less likely of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and elephants as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive on harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. He was keen on educating the local populace and subjects such as mathematics, chemistry, astronomy etc were focused upon by the Sultan. The Sultan believing that it was important for the nation to modernise, ordered the construction of a major library. Many of these actions led him into conflict with nobles whom he finally dealt with by executing the disobedient ones and taking their property and wealth. Meanwhile, the capital of the Sultanate is shifted to Lahore and it is decided that a new name shall be imposed upon the nation, that is the Sultanate of Punjab. And to secure control over the River Indus, the ambitious Sultan immediately mobilised the military to attack to prepare siege weaponry and capture Ladakh. Indeed, the Indian League had more or less disintegrated and Punjab had received approval from to capture Ladakh. The Punjabi military surround 20,000 Ladakh forces near Kargil, decisively defeating them before halting on the outskirts of Kargil to allow time for civilians to evacuate. Meanwhile, we vassalize Kangra (Turn 2/5). Eco Turn/Mil Turn
 * Punjab - Japan Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World to Japan.
 * Japanese Diplomats: We accept the trade deal.
 * Punjab - Urdustan Diplomacy: Pubjab requests Urdustan to cede land to allow Punjab access to the sea. Until land is ceded, Urdustan would be obliged to allow Punjab to use Urdustani ports as agreed upon in the Free Trade Agreement. It is also decided that Punjab will utilise the Bengali currency
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,510,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI buys the machinery required to start mining, and begins amassing many of the victims of the famine into an army called Eheresito hu |onte. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1655, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 25, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. In other news, Bavaria, Hispania, and Croatia fight valiantly against Austria and completely partition the Archduchy. In domestic news, Leopold II convenes a meeting of the Curia Bavaria in March in order to rebuild Bohemia and Austria after the devastating war. Leopold II drafts several plans in order to specially aid the two states. First, he will establish royal commissions to construct poorhouses and aim to improve infrastructure in and around Vienna and Prague. Secondly, he will establish several royally-chartered guilds to operate in Pomerania and Brandenburg. The trade will primarily filter into Austria and Bohemia, to where guilds will be also be founded. The infrastructure, poor relief, and trade will then aid the Austrian and Bohemian lands. The Curia Bavaria, while hesitant to even consider aiding a defeated enemy, eventually accept the King's plans. The King notes that he aims to bring the Austrian and Bohemian lower and middle class under a wing of Bavarian punishment, while covertly punishing the powerful upper classes: those who can raise armies and threaten Bavarian rule. Leopold II closes out his speech by ordering that 10,000 troops are diverted from Greater Saxony, and to be split and sent to Austria and Bohemia. However, with the recent Bohemian revolt, matters are complicated. In secret, Leopold II infers with his ministers that war will not be declared on Bohemia immediately, but only in at least fifteen years. Publicly, Leopold II denounces the revolt and refuses to recognize Bohemian independence. Furthermore, he states that "punishment will be soon". With this new revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5,000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandeburg/Pomerania. 2,500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1,000 and 1,500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Leopold II orders that his personal vassal of Swabia is consolidated into Bavaria. The consolidation of Saxony will occur next year. However, Saxony will be consolidated under the Duchy of Franken, and will be then known as the Grand Duchy of Sachsen-Franken.
 * Duchy of Franken: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, aged 55, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Maria-Sofia's designated heir is her only child, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Osterreich: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby.
 * Archbisophric of Salzburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Salzburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold plans on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Ayutthaya: We start the first Ayutthayan Voyage, which seeks land to the east and explores the posability of uninhabited islands in the Indian Ocean. The voyage has two trade boats and three warships which will hopefully return with produce to benifit Ayutthaya. We set off in a south westerly direction from the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to increase our roads and military technology.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: (Turn Two of Ten) With the construction of the Nicobaran Fort. We continue to deliver large amounts of supplies and we also employ many natives to help their economy benifit on the islands of Teressa and Bompoka.
 * Lanna: Lanna sees a heavy move towards joining Ayutthaya and we hope to join the vassal into Ayutthaya in the next five years as it has been in our control for a few decades now. We are glad to announce that 97% of the Lanna population is now Thai ethnicity and almost all Chinese, Malay,Viet and Burmese ethnecities have been removed from the region.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the Economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. Samir III begins to build a Roman style road that will span the west coast of the nation (Turn Five of Six). The Empire asks to sign trade agreements with Hispania, Rome, Damascan Sultanate, and Suri Empire to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. Samir III and his advisors have come up with blueprints for the canal system and the blueprint of the capital. Lanka begins trading with Dacia, and thanks them for accepting the treaty.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Lanka to  Hispania : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Rome : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Damascan Sultanate : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money. Do you accept:
 * Lanka to  Suri Empire : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money. Do you accept:
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: Maintains its rigorous plans to domesticate wild reindeer and elk. This process proves to be difficult for the first generation of wild beast, but the second generation is consistently more docile and tamer than the first, making the process sustainable. Additionally, trade for more berries brings more and more variety into the diet of the Kiatagmiut. The population increase continues into this year as well as last year, and the result is a much younger population that was experienced just a few years ago. As such, some level of innovation in child-rearing is made, notably in the hardware used to protect children from the extreme cold of the winter. These improvements (as well as the ample surplus of food) have actually made it possible for the people to have children year-round, whereas it used to be restricted to the early Spring. Naparyarraq continues to make qayaqs to increase trade (especially with the Togiagmiut) as trails turn into roads between Kassigluq, Atmalluaq, and Nunapicuar and the cities of the Kusquqvak River, such as Mamterilleq. Continued efforts are made to help integrate the Togiagmiut culturally and technologically.
 * In Pskov, the last meeting of the "Old Veche" is celebrated around the city, and the ceremony of passing the torch to the New Veche is commemorated by a month-long celebrations in the city. The first elections for the New Veche are held this year, and of the 100 members present, each representing roughly 10,000 people (give or take), and the seven representatives from the colonies, one for each Lieutenant-Governate, The Outcome is pretty much unanimously independant for the rural areas and the colonial representatives, and somewhat divided into smaller factions loyal loosely to leaders coming from the cities. The Factions are named after their leaders, and many of them are wealthy buisnessmen and merchants. A short list of the main factions are The Mikhailist faction, following Mikhail Suvorov, gains 17 seats, mostly in the central regions of Pskov, the Karlovist faction, following Karl Giovani, a descendant of Italian immigrants, controls ten seats mostly in the eastern outskirts of Pskov,  the Ruslanist faction, following Ruslan Menshikov, gains seven seats mostly in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve, and the five seats from Ostrov are won by the Vladimirovist Faction, following Vladimir Gladkoy, and Novoprussiysk's two seats are basically de facto appointed by the PIC, as are the colonial representatives. Meanwhile, the economy grows at a steady rate along with jobs and wages, taking full advantage of free trade with Moscow and Prussia, Pskovian merchants want to capitalize and gain a monopoly on trade with moscow. The Pskovian Rum production and many distilleries are unified under the banner of Ruslan Menshikov and founds the "United Pskov Distillery" (Soedineniy Pskovskiy Vinozavod). Vodka and mead are produced in excess. New farming methods allow for more food to be grown, and much of it is sold at a price to Prussia to help, and Pskov makes much money, the more ... opportunistic ... of the traders selling food items such as grain or flour at higher prices because demand is higher. The Veche debates what to put in the new constitution, and an independent MV (Member of the Veche) from the village of Taganovka and the surrounding areas proposes an official "act of European armed neutrality" to be neutral in any warfare to be done in Europe (and thus allowing possibly of private enterprises to be able to sell weapons to both sides of the conflict, with Pskov turning a blind eye). Mikhail Suvorov becomes the new Posadnik of Pskov as he is the laeder of the plurality faction (even if it is only 17%). The Colonies are re-organized by order of the Veche, with the PIC isles reorganized into two Lieutenant-Governates, with the Lieutentant Governors appointed by the Head of State, under the advide of the Pskov Imperial Company President, who gives his recomendation under the advice of the "Council of Island Vozhds" (council of island leaders) of the Lieutenant governate. Each Lieutenant Governate is given a single seat in the Veche officialy. The Bahamas, or "shallow islands" become one Lieutenant Governate, while the Leeward Islands become the second in Borealia, while Zlatobrezhie's four Lieut-Govs and the capital area all get one representative. Intense re-organization of the Ministries happen, with people debating reform and given. One of the first acts of the veche and confirmed to be put into the constitution, is to give the Lieutenant-Namestnichestvo(Lietenant-Governate) of North Zlatobrezhie "in perpetuity" to the Republic of Narva, to be chosen upon the recomendation of the Peaminister of Narva instead of the President of the Pskov Imperial company.
 * Narva, with its new imported from Pskov farming methods is able to stay out of the brunt of the attack done by the famine. Many farmers sell their sirplus to Livonia to prolong their own pockets. The Riigikogu, voting on a bill proposed by the Peaminister once again does a slight re-orgonization of their political system, delegating theposition of head of state to the Head of state of Pskov, grantin it the roman title "Consul", in return for 100 seats in the electoral council, effectively putting both nations in political union. The Role of the Consul, however, is purely ceremonial, despite being almost singlehandedly being able to negociate treaties(to only enter force if rattified, by a 60% supermajority in the riigikogu) for the sake of efficiency, and issue limited temporary three-month long decrees (to be brought before the Riigikogu to confirm into law or repeal) and many of his actions can only be done witht he recomendation of the Peaminister. This enters both nations of Pskov and Narva effectively into Political Union. The Peaminister remains the de facto leader of the nation.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company makes more farms. settles more settlers, and grows more sugar and spices to make rum and sugar, the best exports and most profitable exports from
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers beginning in the small towns next to Busan. Monarch Jeongsin asks Japan if the alliance between them still stands, and if not, would like to renew the alliance.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work continues on the new city layout. Many like the sleek-looking new avenues, but of course there are others who are just annoyed that their houses have to be knocked down to allow the plan to be achieved. In other news, the colony of Neu Norderney expands 200 km south along the coast in the direction of Neu Juist.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brothers reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Nation expands 10,000 sq km (is this right amount?) northward through the Kuril Islands. This year marked the beginning of what historians now refer to as the "Juniper Period" as juniper berries from the Kuril Islands were deemed to be of superior quality for baking compared to those found on the mainland. Some chefs began substituting Kuril Juniper for bananas in the Tiger's Hand pastry, which was seen by some as borderlining on heresy. Contrary to some legends, chefs did not line up across the main square of Nendaqo and throw pastries at one another. In fact - archaeological evidence shows that the pastry war was in fact a bloody riot and that resulted in the slaughter of "juniperists". Luckily, the Mang Hangut of this period, along with the Nivkh Lama, were tolerant sorts and personally declared that both juniper and banana pastries must be respected. As a compromise, it was made illegal to refer to juniper-based pastries as "Tiger's Hands", which is why these pastries are today called "Kuril Volcanoes" and bakers shape them differently than Tiger's Hands. However, the practice of lighting Volcano pastries on fire when serving them does not date to this period - while many claim the volcanoes were lit aflame as an homage to those killed in the juniper riots, the practice was actually developed in Tepanyaki-style Japanese restaurants in the 1940s (sadly this knowledge has largely been lost due to the fact that the restaurant credited with inventing the practice burned down within a year of its opening)
 * Well, that felt good :-) Commandante Lemming (talk) 14:54, October 14, 2014 (UTC)
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. We continue to send troops to make sure Laos and Cambodia to make sure they stay as our vassals.


 * Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. We begin to vassalize France (turn one out of 100) (Sine gave permission).
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia (Kneževina Čehoslovačka): The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. After research by historiographs it is decided to rename Carinthia-Styria to Carantania (Karantanska) to make it more Slavic, as it should be.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. London undergoes a massive beautification campaign aimed at making the city the "Rome of the North", large fountains and statues of famous Brittannic peoples line the Mall. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The  Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer.   The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity.  Britannia announces a deal with Oldenburg to sell new weapons made in Berkshire and Oxfordshire' . '
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separetist movements are largely ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km inland. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area. Majority of the L'nu are now firmly Western Catholic. The L'nu petition the Patriarch of Canterbury for bishops. 
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. King of Spain and Emperor of the whole empire seeing a distraction within Austria offers Croatia and Bavaria greater influence and power as well as territorial compensation and launches a full scale assault on Austria marshaling nearly 40,000 troops of its own as well as another 60,000 at home delivering the 40,000 to Italy to participate. Spain brings siege cannons along. With the overrunning of Austria Spain corners a large Austrian force about 50 miles from Vienna and absolutely shattering it (this doesn't mean they were all killed). The assault on Vienna also occurs in which the cities defenses are overrun in less than two weeks with nearly 20,000 Spanish troops taking up the occupation of the city. Spain also captures the ruler of Austria and draws up a treaty to end the war. Spain warns Yue that as the territory given to Spain has been occupied and the Yue will need to take the territory back by force. 
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy being promised to overall gain the Veneto region in the war marshalls nearly 50,000 of its troops of which a decent amount are veterans from the Algiers' war, to attack Austria.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys its full troop amount towards the war with Austria.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. Genoa Deploys its full troops allotment against Austria.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy deploys its full troop complement
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Modena deploys its full troops complement
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. Ravenna deploys its full troop complement
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. The Pope declares the war against Austria the will of God.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. Morocco deploys nearly 15,000 troops to fight against Austria officially declaring war
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. Venezia officially annexes the territory from Austria.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly two million and growing. The Viceroy seeing the problems of the motherland deploys nearly 10,000 troops overseas footing the bill themselves and forming the First Army of New Spain joining as a center force in the Army in Italy.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada:  The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around 5 million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. he military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg continues apace (Turn Ten of Fifteen). Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). Tuktism and Christianity continue to grow together, along with animist practices; distinction between them begins to vanish.
 * Gojijiwiningag: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The economy is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The economy improves.
 * As the Tartary's crops collapses, widespread famine begins. Many of the 25 million people of the Tartary lack food. While the preparations to the nation mildly cushion the collapse of food from the chernozem area, which fails spectacularly to produce anything, the nation still feels a strong impact. Thousands starve in the first few months as the price of food quintuples in a short time. In the East, where the population is armed and is dependent on exports, the worst effect is felt. The peasants of the East, especially the Mordvins, Tatars, Turks and Ukrainains that move to the area (the Sakha and the Nenets, as well as the native Mongol tribes, are not so affected) begin protesting violently against government offices that just rise the prices of food. Other people flee eastwards from the famine, reaching Manchuria, where the culture continues to be influenced, and the nation begins falling into the Tatar sphere of influence (turn 2/5). While the year's national efforts are dedicated to the economy, there is no way to stop the crop collapse. Food begins to be imported from outside powers such as Iran and Rome. To slightly increase the amount of output directly presented to Siberia, the Azovan Khaganate is annexed into the Tartary. This also brings dissent to the nation, as well as the fact that Emperor Julian has so far only had a daughter, named Irene.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Develops its military and economy, while the Kuril colony expands. THIS POST IS ONLY VALID IF LEMMING DOESN'T POST
 * Bukhara: Also continues development, with more of its land being dedicated to farming food. However, the cotton export industry does not stop, but instead slows down considerably, something that, although hurts the nation in winter, helps prevent widespread starvation. Khiva beginst o be annexed into the Emirate. The economy is highly developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops its military and economy. The right bank of the Dnieper is given to Dacia as a sign of good will.
 * The Azovan Khaganate develops its military and economy, preparing for any revolts from the Tartary.
 * Parthia: Develops military and economy.
 * Fusahito Theocracy (Japan): The military is built up. A disaster with involving 3 ships that crashed off of the coast of Taiwan due to not enough docking space. Upset with this, Emperor Yoshi II send military troops to Taiwan to help troops dock. Emperor Yoshi II, learning that his father's navy is in horrible shape, decides to build twelve frigates witch would be finished by the year 1652. However, thanks to scholars and their quick thinking, the ships are finished this year. Yoshi also learns that there are no practicular schools to teach the way of the samurai, and encourages youth to learn the way as soon as possible. Merchant ships travel south to the Philippines, where they encounter Spanish traders. The emperor, interested in foreign goods, would like to trade with the Spanish to get more food and imports for the people of Japan. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Tr
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests. With the war against Prussia over, Consul Theodore von Chersenesos steps down as his two turns as consul are over and he is becoming more and more unwell. His successor is soon declared to be John Doukas. John is much more of a moderate and confronts the Emperor less. The two agree to continue the Anatolian expedition now that the war against Prussia has been brought to a close. The trade deal with the people and nation of Lanka is accepted.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople, and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 34, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 6, continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 5, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years (1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Wu China: Our military is increased, we start building improves along the coast, and start building up defenses to the West.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Rebuilding from the civil war continues. A proposal for an extended non-aggression pact with Hamburg is discovered in Stockholm and is sent to King Kristoffer II for ratification. He accepts the NAP and wishes for better relations with Hamburg. In the meantime, Scandinavia is most pleased with the return of Schleswig and Gotland. They thank Hispania for the help. In June of this year, the King purchases property on Anholt for his new palace to replace the Winter Palace, which has been lost to the winters of time by now. The economy is improved drasticaly as trade from the Netherlands flows back into Scandinavian coffers. The vassals improve their militaries this year.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia continues (my bad cookie didn't fixed this lel)
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Continues warring on Prussia. The war on Prussia continues.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Sends troops and support to France

1656
'''The Black Plague shows a resurgence. The disease rears its head in Aragon, but threatens to move to more parts of the Iberian peninsula by next year.'''

'''uh ooooh Spain... you gone learn today'''

The Stockholm Banco, the first bank to issue banknotes, is founded.

'''Who removed my comment about the Netherlands and Pksov already having this? I believe there was already an event establishing a Dutch bank giving out Banknotes, and the Bank of Pskov and the Pskov Imperial Company established promissory notes as rare alternatives for currency amongst those who really don't want to lug around thousands of Zolotniks in currency ... and for colonists being paid by the PIC and the PIC in general using them instead of hard currency ... anyway ... there are already banks giving out de facto banknotes, so I find this event inaccurate and unnecessary.-Lx'''

'''Austrian nobles and Habsburg family members in Austria and Carinthia-Styria stage a rebellion against Bavaria and Croatia respectively. After centuries of sovereign rule and strong independence, the sudden subjugation of their nation causes heavy disdain, and war breaks out. (Scores undoubled for both: Military: 10, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 8). Because of high war exhaustion in suppressing these revolts in a large empire, Bavaria and vassals also suffers low morale and no support for ten years.'''

'''I thought this was a proposal event. I don't recall it being approved. If so, tell me who and then so be it. Until then, disregard. -MP'''

'''It was written by a bunch of people in the document at the time, and no one had any objections as far as I was aware, during its writing. - Mscoree'''

'''I recall writing a suggestion that it be considered a proposal. There was a lot of stuff going on when the event was written, it is entirely possible it was skipped over. Let us see what other mods think. -MP'''

'''It's Carantania now, named after the Slavic tribe that was once there during the medieval times. Also, if you're gonna make this event any time soon (although I think it's a bit BS - but okay), at least lower the revolt scores. Austria was tremendously empowered by its vassals and PUs, I doubt half of it would be able to be that powerful score-wise. Just sayin'. -Sky'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: military expanded. Vassals, PUs, and colonies expand militaries.


 * Sultanate of Punjab: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less liker of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and elephants as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive on harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. He was keen on educating the local populace and subjects such as mathematics, chemistry, astronomy etc were focused upon by the Sultan. The Sultan believing that it was important for the nation to modernise, ordered the construction of a major library. Many of these actions led him into conflict with nobles whom he finally dealt with by executing the disobedient ones and taking their property and wealth. Meanwhile, the capital of the Sultanate is shifted to Lahore and it is decided that a new name shall be imposed upon the nation, that is the Sultanate of Punjab. Meanwhile, we vassalize Kangra (Turn 3/5) and with the Suri declaration of war against Punjab, we call upon our allies the Indian States and the Tripartite Pact to end the Suri Empire. The Timuruds, Mughals and Suri all belong to the same bloody race seeking to conquer India and must be defeated at all costs! Eco Turn/Mil Turn
 * Ladakh: Eco Mil Turn
 * Punjab - Japan Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Bavaria Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - France Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Netherlands Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Scandivania Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Pskov Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Croatia Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * No ffs, Croatia doesn't even know about Punjab's existence, and even if it does I don't think it'd come into contact with a  landlocked  nation. -Sky
 * The Indian League is irrelevant at this point, you said it yourself. 
 * May I add that the Tripartite Pact does not exist yet ... I am not really going to sign a treaty with no terms, hope you understand my point. -Nic
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Nubia: We begin shifting towards Islam with greater increasing relations with the Damascan Sultanate. We expand our military. Our King, King Amir Daal Suiman (31), a changed devout Muslim, orders the country to begin a massive switch to Islam. Much resistance continues. The people begin to cry for freedom of choice for religion. To appease the masses King Amir Daal Suiman, allows the Kingdom of Nubia, Makuria and Alodia to the right of free choice in religion. The infrastructure increases, and soldiers and mercenaries are sent to take part in the King's personal army. Mosques are built around the kingdom. Aid is requested from Damascus to jump start the nation, requesting economic, militaristic and TECHNOLOGICAL support. Islamic proselytizers come in from Mecca and Damascus and begin spreading Islam throughout the state. Due to the free choice people begin shining light towards King Amir Daal Suiman, and the population of Muslims in Nubia grows from 12% to 17%. The King's son, Prince Amir Tehra at age 11 is sent as a ward to the Suri Empire, as a religious confedant.


 * Alodia (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus.
 * Makuria (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus.
 * Suri Diplomacy: We accept the young prince with open arms.
 * Damascan Diplomacy: We sail the prince to Suri. We send more resources to Nubia, as they begin to show more signs of Islamizing.
 * You need to seriously revisit your country and how it works. Nubia is majority Christian, as it was never conquered by Muslims in this timeline so far. Tone down the Islam so much or else it will cause problems. -MP


 * Suri Empire: Border patrols intensify. We continue to expand our military to support the war. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. With the sprawling highway system, the Sultan can move an army of 90,000 men to invade the Punjab Sulanate. I mixed up some names so Karachi is now Hasnuwali and Sindh Madresatul Islam is now Khan Pir Islam. We request aid from Urdustan, Mansuriyya, and the Damascan Sultanate in the war against the Punjab Sultanate.


 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
 * ​Damascan Sultanate Diplomacy: We support your invasion of the Punjab Sultanate, we send 40,000 soldiers. We encourage Mansuriyya and Urdustan to do the same.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 32nd birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 325,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 350,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 7. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 50-55 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 385,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Begins merging into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is underway to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The ground is broken on Anholt this year as construction on King Kristoffer's new palace. The Scandinavian military increases as a galleon is retired from service this year. A new one is launched in its place. The Scandinavians update their infantry with improved rifles this year as well. The clothing of infantrymen changes to accomodate for Scandinavia's harsh winters. An estimated 65% of military casualties during the civil war are blamed on exposure. The new clothing improves in the warmth facilities. Rebuilding from the civil war continues as families return to decimated towns to collect the dead and rebuild their homes. The militaries of the vassals improves.


 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers beginning in the small towns next to Busan.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1656, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 26, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandeburg/Pomerania. 2,500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all infrastructural rennovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, King Leopold II announces his marriage to the Austrian noblewoman, Klara-Maria von Eggenburg. The two formally wed in August, and Klara-Maria is pregnant by December.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, age 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duchess Maria-Sofia normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 25% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. Noblewoman Klara-Maria von Eggenburg marries King Leopold II.
 * Archbisophric of Salzburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Salzburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Brandenburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold plans on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Pomerania.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Wu China: Work on military is completed, more tensions are created on the Min border.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on Westernization, Military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia, and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. The Empire asks to sign trade agreements with Hispania, Rome, and Damascan Sultanate to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn One of Many). If you are a mod and disagree with this estimation, contact me.
 * Hispanian Dip: Agreed.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassilization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Lanka to  Hispania : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons.  Do you accept: ' They accepted.
 * Lanka to  Rome : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons.  Do you accept: ' They accepted.
 * Lanka to  Damascan Sultanate : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money. Do you accept: We accept trading terms. -Swank
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,410,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI buys the machinery required to start mining, and begins amassing many of the victims of the famine into an army called Eheresito hu |onte. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. The force from Shanghai deploys to fight with the Japanese.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Ayutthaya: The voyage continues into its second year and reaches into the deeper seas of the Indian Ocean (or ATL equivelent). After failing to find land, the fleet turn around a headed for Java and to explore the islands to the south of Ayutthaya. The fleet was able to make contact with some natives and trade spices with people of west Samatra. Military and economy is improved and we look to keep populating  Dawei region.
 * Lanna: Relations with the public improve and we increase Thai population.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: Population booms to 155,000 and we hope that the populaion will pass that of Tark region within the next few years due to immigration. Our population of Ayutthaya region and city almost stops due to the movement of people to the islands.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Sends troops and support to France.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. We continue to send troops to make sure Laos and Cambodia to make sure they stay as our vassals. (Can a mod make an algo for my revolution to see if I can keep my vassals. Thanks.)


 * ​ Cambodia:  Our navy and military are being built up.
 * Laos:  Our military and economy are being built up.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchical empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohamma II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabis, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized small kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly of survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plans to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the small kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, the old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers comes, mostly survivors of the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farms for Japan.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: The nation expands 10,000 sq km northward through the Kuril Islands - now known as the "Juniper Islands". Somewhere in Nendago, a horse farts - why this is relevant is unknown to archaelogists, but it is recorded in multiple sources, including stone stellae. Therefore, one can only assume that it was quite something.
 * I'm not 100% sure who the player of this nation is, but I love you. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 21:23, October 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: experiences the emergence of a new type of pastime as domestication for the first time really improves the lives of the Kiatagmiut people. As night-time falls, the people of a village gather around the central campfire and a group of young men comes out into the firelight, dressed in most ornate costumes that mirror natural creatures. The five to seven young people then begin to enact religious myths and more comical tales that they have created, drawing from humor in everyday situations. While some of the tales are religious, and therefore approved by local angakkuqs, but as the art form has developed over the course of the year, it is more and more looked down upon the religious elites. This becomes even worse as attendance of these performances tends to overshadow, and sometimes draw from, attendance at the agayuwig each week. Outside of these increasingly important plays, domestication of animals continues as do construction of qayaqs at Naparyarraq and the development of a road between Kassigluq, Atmalluaq, and Nunapicuar and the cities of the Kusquqvak River, such as Mamterilleq. Finally, there is continuation of efforts are made to help integrate the Togiagmiut culturally and technologically. This involves sharing qayaqs and luussitars with the bands that will soon join the Kiatagmiut Band to help unite Kelutmun.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg continues apace (Turn Eleven of Fifteen). Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The long-running religious debates are finally brought to an end as Tuktists, animists and Christians come together for a theological council. Under heavy pressure from the Sachems, they finally declare the formation of an official Nehilaw church and form a Patriarchate (for which elections will be held next year). They seek official recognition from a European church, but due to the lack of understanding of the European theological structure, no one is quite sure who to petition for recognition, so diplomats are sent to Europe to request recognition from every conceivable theological authority.
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. We begin to vassalize France (Turn Two out of 100) (Sine gave permission).
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia (Kneževina Čehoslovačka): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The Great Leap Forward continues in its third year, with new infrastructure and economic structures being laid down across the nation. The national currency is stabilized with a large influx of gold and silver from surrounding nations. The military continues to be put to work as well, and the military is increased from 55,000 to 61,000 members. More and more firearms are imported from Europe, and some rudimentary rifles being produced by local blacksmiths. Meanwhile, spies are sent into Mongolia to destablize the region further, where the lack of a stabilizing force has reduced the nation to near-anarchy..
 * In Pskov, The United Distillery expands its enterprises and gains many profits from Moscow, using the funds from the sale of stocks to fund what will soon be called the "Great Invasion" of Muscovian markets by Pskovian merchants. More merchants, and stuff, do things. The "Old Veche Day" is established as a yearly event commemorating the last meeting of the Old Veche on July 16th, the day that The Old Veche officially had its last meeting in 1655. It is announced a National Holiday, and that the State will sponsor a fireworks event above the Krom of Pskov, and hold grand events such as arts and culture exhibitions within the Inner Sanctum of the Krom, after a meeting of an "Old Veche" so that the people do not forget their origins, and presided over by a posadnik chosen by the people, that may enact laws if they manage to follow Old Veche protocol correctly, that has been codified and stored within the Pskov Library. Relations with Prussia deteriorate due to the relatively poor implementation of the Free trade clause of the Union of Reval, and the Revolt in Livonia, and Pskov, seeing that the anarchy in Livonia is not subsiding, and that the Prussian government is acting indifferently, decides that the anarchy in Livonia is not good for business, and with their usual shipments of Grains, secretly give muskets, and a single cannon to the rebels in Livonia. Many suspect that support for the government is at an all time low. Hiding under the guise of private Investors that they can leter throw under the chariot, so to speak, the Pskovians sow dissent amongst Livonians agains Prussia. The Pskovians claim that this is the Prussians breaking the Treaty of Reval, and re-declare war citing the free trade clause that is impeded by the Revolution and the Prussians doing nothing about it. They broke the treaty first, ergo it is we who have the moral high ground. War machines and siege engines are deployed, and the nation begins full war mobilization. Meanwhile, the economy grows as well as the population and nominal wages. Meanwhile, the military capabilities of the nation are expanded due to the renewal of the Navy of Pskov, a program approved by the New Veche. The new government establishes several new institutions and ministries, including the Treasury Minstry, that deals with finance of the government, and more importantly, taxation. The Ministry of Statistics, which deals with gathering vital statistics, is slightly reformed to better suit the upcomming Pskov Census in 1660. Pskov's bridges become world-renound as a source of wonder, as the Newly Opened "Dimitriovskiy" bridge, that connects main Pskov with the "End" (District) of Dimitriovsk is completed after 10 years of work, spanning over 100 meters of the river. The first Houses on the shores of lake Pskov are settled by men claiming to live within the bounds of the Urban area of Pskov, and thus are residents of the city of nearly 400 000. However, population growth is less boomey than before due to some wars and generally less population growth than before due to the golden age dying down. In any case, Pskov' weaponsmiths gain new jobs and the Pskovian army is fully armed with flintlocks. The Pskovian Army also receives an upgrade in wardrobe, the new uniform, green and more comfortable to move around it, the New soldiers like it tremendously, and the job of making them is handed out to Private contractors, to the government's specifications, and they are given the materials that Pskov Purchased, and slowly the new uniform first arrives for the officers, then the veterans, and finally, in the end, for the new recruits, some of whom will be waring old attire untill they are all completed. However, ude to the upgrade in Pskov's industrial complexes, it should only take untill 1666 for absolutely all the old vestments to be repurpoised. However, when General Genadiy Shulkin Refuses to wear his new uniform untill all soldiers have gotten one, it prompts many Generals and officers to do the same, and as it happens, this incrases the morale of the army, as the Generals are seen as more human, and less detatched from their troops. The Veche debates a "standard Munition size" for the armies. -Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 00:44, October 16, 2014 (UTC)


 * ​In Narva, the Political aspects change and The People are perfectly happy witht he Political Union with Pskov. The next election is set to be at the death of Elena Kondratieva. In any case, the Narvans send their first Lieutenant Governor to North Zlatobrezhie, and Stuff happens and whatnot, so the economy is boosted by new farming methods and merchants, following the ways of Pskov, start trading with their small fleets in Prussia. THis is, however, hampered slightly by the fact that any land route is esentially impossible due to the envents in Livonia and the Inaction of the Prussian government, souring relations a bit. What's more, the army is forced to stop an accidental incursion by the Livonian Rebels, who stop and surrender to the Narvans as soona s they realize their wereabouts. THis cauases some bad blood between Narva and Prussia, more than there was before, depsite the government's efforts to make the nations closer through trade. In any case, the military is upgraded due to a change in wardrobe to match Pskov and the increased production of flintlocks, a superior technology to the old wheel locks used.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Makes more money with the Rum trade, and some people approach Yemen to offer to trade in Opium. The Pskov Imperial Company also begins amassing wealth in order to try to purchase a Chinese city indefinitely in order to set up a base of operations, much as did Spain and the Netherlands, as not to lag behind. Thankfully,. taking a city off the Chinese hands will prove rather easy, seeing their current state of war and impoverishment. Meanwhile, the Population of the Pskov Isles grows as more people decide to mvoe to the colonies in order to make themselves a living on the Rum trade as potential Rum magnates. Unfortunately, most of them end up working the plantations as supervisors as the natives do most of the work for little wages(something else the PIC doesnt tell the rest of the world) and are not allowed to leave ever.
 * Netherlands Johannists: Under the extreme pressures of war,the States-General begins authorizing the printing of more money to help with costs, and more troops are raised to help sustain the war effort in northern Netherlands. Troops are also used to hold off any possible incursions from luxembourg Hendrik's personal fief. More aid from France is requested in the form of full military support.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests. With the war against Prussia over, Consul Theodore von Chersenesos steps down as his two turns as consul are over and he is becoming more and more unwell. His successor is soon declared to be John Doukas. John is much more of a moderate and confronts the Emperor less. The two agree to continue the Anatolian expedition now that the war against Prussia has been brought to a close. The trade deal with the people and nation of Lanka is accepted.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests. With the war against Prussia over, Consul Theodore von Chersenesos steps down as his two turns as consul are over and he is becoming more and more unwell. His successor is soon declared to be John Doukas. John is much more of a moderate and confronts the Emperor less. The two agree to continue the Anatolian expedition now that the war against Prussia has been brought to a close. The trade deal with the people and nation of Lanka is accepted.


 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 35, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. he increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 7, continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 6, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years (1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work still continues on the new city layout. Many of the newer streets are getting completed, with only statues, fountains and trees to be added. The lovely paved streets are much smoother than in the older parts of the city. In other news, Neu Nordenrey expands 200km South along the coast towards Neu Juist. (The idea is that they will be effectively linked)
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy expands.

1657
'''To commemorate the war, a French spinster creates a commemorative sock to give to the king. Called the chaussette de guerre (war sock), these commemorative socks are kept by the king. Their silky weave and golden fringes provide superior comfort for the King of France. During a trip to Italy, he loses the socks. It is a sad day for the king.'''

'''Seeing a way to gain power and independence from a weakened Bavaria, Bavarian vassals break their ties with Bavaria, and assert their independence against the tiny core nation. (Scores Undoubled Military: 5, Economy: 5, Infrastructure: 5)'''


 * What's with all the anti-Bavarian events? They would not all continually rebel like this. Can we PLEASE watch it with these events? I think the Bohemian one for now is sufficient. -Feud
 * Seriously? I can understand Austria and Bohemia but all the vassals is just BS! Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 18:01, October 16, 2014 (UTC)
 * This event wasn't even approved or finished on the mod page. Not sure who wrote it, but it, too, should never have been posted. -MP
 * Someone definitely added this post-turn, because I didn't see this at all last night. -Cookie
 * Update: Checked the history. It was Saam, added the event at 02:54.

Spätzle, an egg-noodle dish originating in the German region of Swabia, becomes popular in other regions of Germany.

Pirates of Indian origin, known commonly as پانی ڈاکو (Jalḍāku'ōṁ), begin to terrorize and plunder several Urdustani and Suri ships, but have yet to combat Spanish, Britannic, Roman, Croatian, or Dutch ships.

'''That name does not read Jaldaku'om, so I'm not sure which name you want, Jaldaku'om or Panidako? Saamwiil'''

'''XD Not sure what Jaldako'om is supposed to be. Well, actually.'''

'''Jal should perhaps mean 'Mer' as in the Mer of Mermaid. So Jal Dako should mean MerTheif? '''The Arabic/Urdu reads Pani Dako and Pani means water and Dako means thieves or perhaps pirates. So change it to Pani Dako RexImperio (talk) 03:17, October 16, 2014 (UTC)

'''Jala ḍāku'ōṁ is the phrase for "Water Bandits". If you remove the "A" from Jal, and then remove the "(Space)" you would find that you create the word "Jalḍāku'ōṁ". This is the common Urdu man's corruption of phrase "Jala ḍāku'ōṁ". They did this because it's easier to get out of mouth to say, and because not every Urdu man is a nobleman with an emphasis on literacy during their life. The name for these "Water Bandits" would be different for each nation, however. Since Urdustan has a majority of the ports of India, it is their name for these Indian pirates that will be created first, as presented in this event. Should your nation deal with these Indian pirates, you can call them whatever you want, but as for now, the common, and majority, of Urdustan references them as Jalḍāku'ōṁ. - Eip'''


 * Manchu Empire: With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Qing Fúlín Shìzû succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets, snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms. Mil Turn/Eco Turn
 * Manchu - Japanese Diplomacy: The Manchu Emperor expresses his full complete utter support of the Japanese invasions of Taiwan, Vietnam, etc. The Manchu Emperor also expresses his belief that Japan and Manchu should fully co-operate to benefit both states along with Korea as well. (Please, Sat. Eip just betrayed me and I'll even be your puppet but please .-.... I have no other state to pick)
 * Sat, be a good boy and help Rimp. -Swank. PS I know where you live, so accept Rimp's offer.
 * Suri Empire: In light of the war, good news reaches the Empire. The young Nubian prince reached our shores to begin his education (Turn One of 13) Border patrols intensify. We continue to expand our military to support the war. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. The war rages on and we are overjoyed to have Urdustan's support.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Wu China: Economy is increased and border tensions again increase with Min.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 33rd birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 455,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 340,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take a shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Sulimen V and his twin sister Ablahadahla begin looking for spouses. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 365,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 7. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. 265,000 soldiers are sent to Persia. The huge amount of military presence in Persia has calmed many of the rebels fearing death. Any people who show resistance are immediately killed. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We join efforts with the Tartary to quash these rebellions.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 50-55 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 405,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Merges into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Sultanate of Punjab: After the death of the previous Sultan, his son Sultan Sheikh Muhammad succeeded the throne and assumed the position of Sultan of Multan. His young and energetic Sultan immediately set out to work as he imposed a tax system upon the local people which he referred to as the mansabdari system. This allowed the Sultanate to harvest and cultivate a much larger surplus of wheat and other crops which in turn made it much less liker of the Sultanate facing any food shortage. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and elephants as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Meanwhile, thousands of men were conscripted into the military from Tibet and the Tibetan war veterans were made to teach the newer cadets on how to survive in harsh climates. Trade with neighbouring Indian was profitable to Multan and the revenue collected from trade was used up in encouraging education. He was keen on educating the local populace and subjects such as mathematics, chemistry, astronomy etc were focused upon by the Sultan. The Sultan believing that it was important for the nation to modernise, ordered the construction of a major library. Many of these actions led him into conflict with nobles whom he finally dealt with by executing the disobedient ones and taking their property and wealth. Meanwhile, the capital of the Sultanate is shifted to Lahore and it is decided that a new name shall be imposed upon the nation, that is the Sultanate of Punjab. Meanwhile, we vassalize Kangra (Turn 4/5) and with the Suri declaration of war against Punjab, we call upon our allies the Indian States and the Tripartite Pact to end the Suri Empire. The Timuruds, Mughals and Suri all belong to the same bloody race seeking to conquer India and must be defeated at all costs!. With war over in Ladakh, the forces in Ladakh launch a major attack upon Suri forces from the North to cut off supplies for the Suris. We bring siege artillery with us and all men that can be found are conscripted into the military Eco Turn/Mil Turn
 * Ladakh: Eco Mil Turn
 * Punjab - Japan Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Bavaria Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - France Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Netherlands Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Scandinavia Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Pskov Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Punjab - Croatia Diplomacy: We offer to sell opium which is the 8th Wonder of the World
 * Rimp you are a landlocked nation how will you be trading? -Swank
 * By using Urdustani ports - Rimp
 * Not using Urdustani ports anymore. - Eip
 * So then these requests are retconned? -Swank
 * Yes, as you cannot trade through your enemies ports. - Eip
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers beginning in the small towns next to Busan. Monarch Jeongsin recognises the new government in Japan and asks the new government for a renewal of alliance that Korea had with the previous government.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan accepts the alliance renewal, and sends their finest ambassadors there to talk to the Korean people.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Raigaman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Two of Many). The Empire asks to sign a trade agreement with Croatia (specifically Croatian India) to trade mainly cinnamon and other spices in exchange for money and weapons. The Empire issues reports warning traders to avoid Jalḍāku'ōṁ areas. Traders begin to act more cautiously to avoid the pirates, which in turn very slightly damages the economy of the Empire.
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Lanka to  Croatia : We offer a trade agreement to trade cinnamon and other spices for money and weapons (mainly to your colony in India).  Croatia's Answer: 
 * Croatia: Agrees to the trade agreement. However, suggests that Lanka (since it's a Dutch protectorate) support the Johannist forces.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. A greater emphasis on replacing the outdated equipment used in Urdustani armies is advanced by placing less emphasis on the actions of the Emperor to gain input of these goods, but rather on a bureaucracy of sorts that will handle Input and Output of Urdustani military goods, called جنگ سامان کی وزارت (Yud'dha kā sāmāna mantrālaya), thereby easing the process of the Emperor in gaining more military goods. Due to the rampant increase in پانی ڈاکو (Jalḍākuōṁ) activity, Urdustan and its vassals as a whole lose about 15 ships, with five of these reportedly being captured, and the rest plundered and sunk.' ' A naval force created to specifically combat these pirates is put together. The Emperor of Urdustan and the vassals of its choice (Jaunpur, Deccan, Sindh) send economic and military aid to the Urdustani forces. Urdustani soldiers, from Sindh, and the Urdustani Coastal Balochistan take part in the defense of the Suri's. Urdustani soldiers and their support from Jaunpur and Deccan rush to the defense of Marwar and Delhi. Along with these soldiers rides war elephants mounted with scaled armor, with mounted swivel cannons upon their tops. In addition to this, field and siege artillery travel with the soldiers. War is declared upon Punjab in support of the offensive, and any other need, of the Suri's, and to further the previously planned divisions of India.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo, and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
 * ​Urdustani Dip (Needs mod response): We request that the Tibetan state of Kham join in our war, offering to aid them in reclaiming a full Tibetan state, due to a belief that they are far more moderate than the mad King that preceded them.


 * Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, torturous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchical empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohamma II, as emperor. However, during all of this, merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabis, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. After many years of planning, the Japanese invasion of Vietnam is executed, using siege equipment and other stuff. and Laos and Cambodia send supplies to destroy their former master nation. (MOD RESPONSE)
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Japan: We warn Japan that their rapid expansion could lead them to a quick collapse. As a nation of east asia, we ask that you make sure that you stay strong as an asian nation or European colonisation could destroy all nations from the east without much resistance.
 * Manchu - Japanese Diplomacy: The Manchu Emperor expresses his full complete utter support of the Japanese invasions of Taiwan, Vietnam, etc. The Manchu Emperor also expresses his belief that Japan and Manchu should fully cooperate to benefit both states along with Korea as well. (please Sat. Eip just betrayed me and I'll even be your puppet but please .-.... I have no other state to pick)
 * Sat, be a good boy and help Rimp. -Swank. PS - I know where you live, so accept Rimp's offer.
 * Ayutthaya: Our first voyage makes land on a new island which we give the name New Teressa (OTL Christmas Island). It has no natives and we quickly make small buildings on the island. Colony (Turn One of One) as it is a small island. After a few months, our fleet leaves with all people leaving no permanent population but some crops which will hopefully spread in the wild naturally when we return. The fleet make a turn mapping the north of Java and we will return back home next year.
 * Lanna: The region prepares for its transaction to Ayutthaya where all land will become The Ayutthayan Administrative District of Lanna.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: (Turn Four of Ten): For the construction of the Nicobaran Fort continues and natives living on Teressa and Bompoka experience large amounts of income, which follows by large amounts of Easternisation and in some cases, Westernisation.
 * The theater phenomena continues this year in the Kiatagmiut Band. This year, more conflict is experienced as a result of religion clashing with the performances, which tend to have some level of religious undertones. This acting ceremony is very important to the Kiatagmiut people, who have more and more time in their daily lives to enjoy themselves. As they are enjoying themselves more due to prosperity, some Kiatagmiut opt instead to work extra hard. They are often rewarded with higher positions within the tribe, which satiates their desires but some radicals hoard their gains for themselves, resulting in wi'itate, or banishment because they break traditional Kiatagmiut rules. These banished members of the Band often find themselves in the lands of the Qaluyaarmiut Band, who inhabit Nelson Island to the north of the Kiatagmiut. Meanwhile, as this all develops, trade begins to branch out in a more northerly direction, focusing upon the Qaluyaarmiut and Mararmiut and Nuniwarmiut. This doesn't mean that the emphasis on the southern Togiagmiut (who are brought up to par with Kiatagmiut technology as much as possible) or the Aglegmiut. In the meanwhile, efforts continue to integrate Akulmiut and Caninermiut peoples, but they are typically resoundingly positive about the improvements in their quality of life.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Aashinabeg continues apace (Turn Twelve of Fifteen). Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. An ecumenical council is formed to govern theological affairs, and the council asks the Pope for recognition as an archbishopric (Mods?).
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved:
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The military improves.
 * Netherands Johannist forces: With the offensive into the Northern Lowlands ending in a bloody stalemate more troops are amassed to hold down the line and military reforms continue. more flintlocks are produced as they prove vastly superior to the Snaphaunce musket. Standardization of military tactics continue. Cannons are produced in larger numbers and preparations to use siege artillery in the next offensive are made. Britannia is requested to send full support from the kingdom itself and from all of its vassals to help subjugate the Hendrik forces in th north nd bring an end to the bloody succession war. More money is printed to help with war costs causing a slit devaluation in the Dutch Guilder.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: The Nivkhs reach mainland Kamchatka from the Juniper (Kuril) Islands and expand 10,000 sq km up the coast (I'm assuming I probably have all the Kurils by now). Stellae record this as the first year that juniper branches were brought into Nivkh homes as air-fresheners - which may or may not have a connection to the incident the previous year involving a horse. The capital of the Juniper Islands - known as The Great Juniper City and located on the Southernmost island, becomes an increasingly important port and construction is commenced on a shipyard there. In the far West of the nation, a small group of radical Mastarovan Tartars found a settlement in the forest which they call "The Fortress of the Great Book". Due to their isolation, they are largely ignored.
 * Vorlayacor: Farming and manufacturing continue to grow in total contribution to the national economy. The army and navy continue their training. Swain dies and is replaced by a man named Gnar.
 * Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. We continue to vassalizing France (Turn Three out of 100)
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia (Kneževina Čehoslovačka): The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the City and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Pskovian forces advance with almost no resistance through Livonia. Teaming up with the local rebellion, The Livonian cities of Dorpat, Riga, Wenden, and Tallinn all surrender and give the keys to the city to the Grand Duchess of Pskov by the end of the year. Elena Kondratieve showed off her military prowess and her worthienes to be the Leader of the Pskov military when she outwitted the Prussian army at the battle of Wenden, and the Siege of Riga, breaking their depleted and deteriorating lines with only a grand total of 20 casualties. THe Northern Occupation zone is handed to the governance of Narvan General Jon Gottwald, who is granted the title of Knyaz-Namestnik by the Grand Duchess, In the South of Livonia, The Zone is granted to the governance of General Nicolai Brezhnev, who makes the center Riga. A total of 5000 troops are left behind as the army marches south ... to Konigsberg and beond. The depleted Prussian army, tired by the almost endless war since the Pskovian invasion, have horrible morale, and the underfunded and depleted armed forces are easily destroyed by the advancing Pskovian Forces, and as the Prussians retreat to Konigsberg to make their last stand, The Pskovians chase them. The Battle of Villnus happens in late october, where a force of 15,000 Prussians faced off the 25,000 Strong Invasion force. After a day of battles, most of them are either captured or killed, with pskov only suffering 1000 casualties, and promising better pay and actual food(playing on the ailing economy of Prussia due to years of warfare and famine)with these numbers Pskov advances further, and the Occupation Zone of Lithuania Minor Is given over to General Vladimir Medvedev, who stays with 4000 men to govern and make war on any partisans and Prussian patriots that may want to attack the Russians that are now Invading Prussia propper. Meanwhile, Back at home. the Economy slightly stutters due to the money going off to war, however, ther are still more than enough consumers to increase productivity. More soldier Uniforms are produced and shipped off to the front. The new Veche helps the war effort by sending money and stuff. The Veche agrees to allow the opium trade with the damascus Sultanate. The Pskovians wat a preferable deal, and send a PIC representative to do it.
 * The Narvans continue their war with Prussia, The Generals, having lerned from their mistakes in the Lesser Northern War, do great progress, The narvan military Quiickly takes control of the territory they deem "Greater Narva". Narvan Military men are quick to forcibly annex the lands of Grater Narva, and mostly without bloodshed. they Simply went in, assumed control, and with relatively little resistance, seeing as the People would rather have anyone than the Prussians running things. Many praise the Narvans and Pskovians as Liberators as the armies sweep through Livonia. However, the vision slowly blurs as soon as you get further south. In any case, the military is improved due to the Pskovian weapon shipments.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company does not take part in the war, they simply cntinue to go about their daily buisness, knowing, from reports that they get from europe, that they will probably end up owning the Zollern Islands anyway, so its no use to attack them and make the people angry with them from the get-go. Meanwhile, more rum production, and the population is estimated now as 5000 in the Pskovian Isles. less colonists come this year, because of war, but still, populations tend to stay mroe than they used to...so thaty got that going for them. Meanwhile, gold mined in Zlatobrezhie adds to the PIC's Riches, and they start investing in foreign nations. the PIC enters into negociatiosn with whichever Chinese state owns Hong Kong and Macau to possibly purchase the cities.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests. With the war against Prussia over, Consul Theodore von Chersenesos steps down as his two turns as consul are over and he is becoming more and more unwell. His successor is soon declared to be John Doukas. John is much more of a moderate and confronts the Emperor less. The two agree to continue the Anatolian expedition now that the war against Prussia has been brought to a close. With the northern state of Izmir defeated and annexed, only one state remains before the Empire is the dominant power in Anatolia. To that end, the expedition moves on, eager to finish the war and bring the Anatolian reconquest to a conclusive end. The Empire wishes for a NAP with the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1657, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 27, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandeburg/Pomerania. 2,500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all infrastructural rennovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, King Leopold II and Queen Klara announce the birth of a daughter. They name the daughter, born in September, Anna-Sophia, and soon begin to champion her as the peaceful result of a new age of Bavaro-Austrian relations. In vassal news, Leopold grants the Duchy of Pomerania to a cousin. This cousin in particular, Franz-Ballard, is the twenty year old son Princess Catherine, herself the daughter of King Franz-Heinrich. In Swabia, Spatzle becomes a highly popular meal.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, age 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duchess Maria-Sofia normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 25% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations.
 * Archbisophric of Salzburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Salzburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Leopold announces he will consolidate Salzburg next year into Bavaria.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Leopold orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Brandenburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 20, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Pomerania.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: Many of the streets in the new city layout are completed, and all are amaxed by their beauty. Lovely statues of all the Counts since Christian V line the main avenue, and there are fountain roundabouts at the four main intersections and in the main square. In other news, Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure is worked on.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 36, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 8 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 7, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years (1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,310,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 50k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountred. Mon also begins buying ships from France.

1658
'''The Venus Flytrap is discovered in the OTL Cape Fear region in the Roman colonies. These carnivorous plants are a cause of mystery and excitement for the botanical community. A governor in these colonies receives a potted flytrap. After sticking his finger in the flytrap, the plant 'bit' his finger. He has a heart attack and dies. His colleagues note that he is one of the few people to have 'lost a fight to a plant'.'''

Wow. He got bit and he had a heart attack. Such a pussy RexImperio (talk) 06:15, October 17, 2014 (UTC)

Actually, I call this BS. I don't see how someone should die simply because the Venus Flytrap bit him. Why? Because it is not a 10 m long plant.. It is a small plant whose biting the governor might scare him but certainly not give him a heart attack. Moreover, it is not like the governor's finger was bitten off. The most the plant could have done to the finger would probably be, make it bleed? Finally, if the governor had been given the plant then certainly he would also have been told of the carnivorous nature of plant. This is an implausible ASB event. RexImperio (talk) 11:03, October 17, 2014 (UTC)

He wasn't killed by the plant biting him. He died because of a heart attack that happened at the same time (or relatively close after) the plant bit him. there's no relation between them so far as I understand. Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 21:59, October 17, 2014 (UTC)

Before we go judging either the "pussy"-ness of His Excellency, or indeed the plausibility of the event, I think we need to know more about the man. What was his physical condition at the time? Was he obese with morbidly high blood pressure; a ticking time bomb just waiting for an insectiverous plant to spark it off? Or was he a man in his prime with the physique of a Greek god? Callumthered (talk) 23:43, October 17, 2014 (UTC)

A particularly bad monsoon season spells trouble for the Southeastern Asian nations


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 34rth birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 455,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 340,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 365,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 8. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. 265,000 soldiers are sent to Persia. The huge amount of military presence in Persia has calmed many of the rebels fearing death. Any people who show resistance are immediately killed. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We join efforts with the Tartary to quash these rebellions.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 50-55 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 405,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Merges into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced matchlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Suri Empire: In light of the war, good news reaches the Empire. Prince Amir Terah continues his education, proving to be a bright pupil (Turn Two of 13). Border patrols intensify. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In celebration of our victory, Sultan Asad Khan Lari orders celebrations to be held for seven weeks. We attempt to open up trade with the Empire of Lanka.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
 *  ​'  Empire of Lanka gladly accepts your trade request.' 


 * Manchu Empire: With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Qing Fúlín Shìzû succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soybeans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms. Mil Turn/Eco Turn and  we vassalize Outer Mongolia (Turn One of 15) 
 * War is the way to go, if you want a new vassal. Especially for Mongolia.
 * Moscow: War is declared on Pskov as part of a separate war. Fully mobilized and siege weapons are deployed.
 * Poland-Lithuania: War is declared on Pskov as part of a separate war. Fully mobilized and siege weapons are deployed.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Two of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. Although the monsoon season did not hit Lanka the worst, the building of Waardige ceased for a portion of the year causing less progress than usual (No advance in turn...).
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers beginning in the small towns next to Busan.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nemaska is annexed, and the vassalization of the Nipissing tribe of the Aashinabeg is completed two years early (I had the size and name wrong. Too many states in Borealia). Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. The liturgy remains unconventional, and often includes the use of hallucinogenic plants.
 * Gojijiwiningag: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The economy is improved.
 * Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its economy with modern technology.
 * Cahokienne Protectorate: Occupied Cahokia is placed under dual Franco-Nehilaw administration. The economy improves.
 * Vietnam: The military continues to form up. The navy builds more boats. Farming continues to be the most important industry besides blacksmithing. Port cities are building up their ports. Cities start to expand due to the fact the population is growing. Due to a bad monsoon hitting us, most people spend their time indoors and watch the rain. Farmers go out and plant extra crops so we can have a surplus in foods once the monsoon is over.
 * Wu China: We start to build up our navy again, improving our military. Small ports are established on the coast for a back up in the case that something happen to Hispanic relations or an embargo is issued. Border tensions on the Min-Wu border increase, nearing a third war.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,210,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 50k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountred, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. A greater emphasis on replacing the outdated equipment used in Urdustani armies is advanced by placing less emphasis on the actions of the Emperor to gain input of these goods, but rather on a bureaucracy of sorts that will handle Input and Output of Urdustani military goods, called جنگ سامان کی وزارت (Yud'dha kā sāmāna mantrālaya), thereby easing the process of the Emperor in gaining more military goods. Due to the rampant increase in پانی ڈاکو (Jalḍākuōṁ) activity, Urdustan and its vassals as a whole lose about 15 ships, with five of these reportedly being captured, and the rest plundered and sunk.'  ' A naval force created to specifically combat these pirates is put together.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo, and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
 * Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. We continue to vassalizing France (Turn Three out of 100)
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia (Kneževina Čehoslovačka): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: The Nivkhs expand 10,000 sq km up the coast of Kamchatka. The Great Juniper City shipyard is completed and the first ship of the line is begun. In the West. the radical Mastarovan settlement "The Fortress of the Great Book" grows as more devotees flock to the charismatic leader they call "The Red Khan" on account of his flowing red beard. Rumors circulate of bizarre rituals being performed with live chickens - which is why some becan calling savory chicken pastries, "Red Khans". Later, Cayenne pepper and paprika were added to the recipe to impart a red color to the filling.
 * Netherlands Johannist Faction: Having gathered substantial forces and having reorganized the army Johannist forces launch a second invasion of the northern lowlands supported by troops from Artios, Sardinia, and from Britannia. The second invasion is supported by siege weaponry with the intention of breaking any and all defences. With a superior force they attempt to make it all the way to the hague and to Amsterdam to restore order and unite the lowlands under constitutional rule. devaluation of the guilder continues to cover the costs of the war. Standardization of the johannist military continues as more and more flintlocks are produced and lined formation continues to dominate the strategic thoughts of thee johsnnist military leaders. Military support from Hispania is requested in the second attempt to reconcile the lowlands. 
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to domesticate wild berries and wild animals. More to come.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony
 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Ital ians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Johannist dip: military support is aided from
 * Vorlayacor: The economy grows as normal; farming and manufacturing expand in the northwest. A new religious sect forms; it combines Tapuia beliefs with those of Ngenism. The army and navy continue their training.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military continues to be improved, with army size hovering at a steady 81,000 troops. Population continues to rise, holding steady at 4,033,000 people. Trade intensifies as the economy is built up.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 37, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 9 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 8, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav III becomes Consul of the new Consulate of Halych. After last years agreement Dacia will pay Halych a sum of money every year for 20 years (1668). Though no longer technically a vassal, as there is no supreme authority, the nation continues its previous arrangement with Dacia. The economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Roman Empire: Back in the Empire, political issues begin boiling over between Emperor Stephen I and aging Consul Theodore von Chersenesos. Stephen I obviously desires to retain his throne, while Theodore is much more supportive of a limited monarchy or an oligarchial republic. As such, the two often support conflicting political agendas. Stephen I takes the first step in displaying his power when several politicians in support of a republic are assassinated over a course of weeks. Unlike with the previous Emperor, Theodore is more or less powerless to react, but threatens action if anymore are killed. Unable to resolve the political disputes between the two, Theodore proposes that he and the Emperor join together in an expedition to reconquer Anatolia, the former heartland of the Empire. An expedition is thus launched, comprising at least 60,000 assorted troops from the Empire and Egypt, local militia forces, or mercenaries from Europe along with elite divisions of grenadiers, flamethrowers and artillery. The expedition begins with the assault of the Turkish state of Ankara, and within days the army reaches the capital and lays siege. After several months, the city falls to Roman rule and the army moves out to stifle any remaining resistance. By the end of this year, almost all resistance is ended. Stephen I is generous to his new subjects and spares any captured soldiers. News of war in the colonies reaches the Emperor, and he decides, despite the current campaign and the objections of the Consul, to send a force to take advantage of the situation. Military forces launch attacks on Prussia in the Florida region in order to compete against rising French interests now perceived in the area. In other areas of the Empire, the population continues to grow thanks to the production of crops in Cyrenaica and Gothia. In other news, Egypt is nearing the level of stability and order for it to be considered for integration into the Empire, as its population has been growing and loyal for the last thirty years. Several politicians from Alexandria travel to Alexandria for this to be considered, and the fact that the current Emperor is married to one of the Egyptian King's daughters makes the cause for union even stronger, along with similar culture, language, and geopolitical interests. With the war against Prussia over, Consul Theodore von Chersenesos steps down as his two turns as consul are over and he is becoming more and more unwell. His successor is soon declared to be John Doukas. John is much more of a moderate and confronts the Emperor less. The two agree to continue the Anatolian expedition now that the war against Prussia has been brought to a close. With the northern state of Izmir defeated and annexed, only one state remains before the Empire is the dominant power in Anatolia. To that end, the expedition moves on, eager to finish the war and bring the Anatolian reconquest to a conclusive end. The Empire wishes for a NAP with the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * ​County of Oldenburg: The new city plan is almost entirely completed, and most of the labourers go back to their normal lives. The wider streets make much more of the city carriage-accessable than ever before, leading to a psike in carriage operators. Sedan chairs are still popular with people who need to traverse the Altstadt, or who prefer the comparative smoothness of the chair. In other news, trade with Hesse and Hamburg increases. (Economic turn)
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The militia is expanded.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
 * Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohamma II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Pujab traders. The Pujabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. After many years of planning, the Japanese an invasion of Vietnam is exectuted, using siege equipment and other stuff. and Laos and Cambodia to send supplies to destroy their former master nation.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * The Pskovian Forces surround Konigsberg, and, faced with a crumbling army, horrible morale, and a destroyed economy due to the loss in taxes form the north, after a last stand at Tapiau, in which the remainder of the Prussian army was turned into ruin, The Remaining forces were only the Danzig battallions, and the Pskovian armed forces began to lead a terrible siege and Blockade of Konigsberg. After succesfully defending the siege against Danzig's attempts to break it, entrenching their positions and setting up perimiters much as they had during the Pskovian War in the 1580s, The Prussian King, after four months of a horrible siege, and starving citizens, accepts the Pskovian offer of Unconditional Surrender on behalf of Livonia, Prussia, and Danzig, and Puts his nation in the hands of the Pskovians, to avoid even further bloodshed. He knows that he cannot win this war of attrition, and so puts himself in the custody of Grand Duchess Elena, and symbolically gives her the coronation artifacts of Prussia, symbolizing his submission. After many months of talks, in December, The King of Prussia and all the Nations participant sign the Treaty of Konigsberg, Ending the Monarchy, and putting the nation in the custodianship of Pskov and Narva. The Republic of Tallinn is declared earlier this year, as well as the Republic of Latvia. The Treaty outlines their borders. Pskovian Troops land in Danzig to temporarily pacify a revolt that happened, and begin their occupation, but allow most administration to go as it has before, but lower the flags at the citadel, the central castle and government, and replace them with what is by now called the "Blue Lynx" of Pskov. Meanwhile, domestically, more new military uniforms are produced, and the economy improves slightly. Many people are happy with the change, however, due to the Prussian government's lack of action during the famine, which led to a feedback loop that screwed almost everyone.
 * Whatever Narvan General I put in charge of the Norhtern occupation zone proclaims the Republic of Tallinn in early march, and begins consolidating and working well with the Prussian and Pskovian troops to assert their rule. It is quite easy, given the rebels in Livonia acting favourably to a democratic system of government. In any case, the Narvan Military sees much less action this year, and gets to work centralizing its new territory it now has custodianship over until a proper government can be formed, Latvia, and Tallinn. The military improves with muskets and new uniforms, most bought from Pskov, but much more now produced domestically, causing the economy and average wages to rise
 * The PIC assumes control over the Zollern isles after the Prussian capitulation to Pskov. THey Name the Current Gouvernor of Zollern as the Lieutenant-Governor of the "Northern Isles". and let him go about his daily buisness, substituting the flags of Prussia with those of the PIC and the Blue Lynx. The PIC made a deal with the Governor of Zollern even before the Capitulation, so they started the "Pskovification" process a bit earlier. The Capital of the Isles is set to move to the larger Zollern soon. However, Russian is instituted as the Official language, while Prussian and German are designated as "secondary" andtolerated(not like that bar bar language spoken by the africans, though the President of the PIC).
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1658, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 28, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandeburg/Pomerania. 2,500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all infrastructural rennovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In vassal news, the King annexes Salzburg and grants Brandenburg to his cousin, Albert.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Maria-Sofia, age 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duchess Maria-Sofia normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 25% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert, age 31, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Brandenburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 20, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Pomerania.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.

1659
Monsoon season in Southeastern Asia does not let up.
 * I thought I said you should at least say the consequences if you are going to say the monsoon continues.--Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 07:41, October 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * I agree. Specific consequences need to be given to give this event any validity. Cookiedamage (talk) 17:46, October 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * The Ayutthayan King's socks should get wet. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 18:25, October 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * Pool parties should see a bump in frequency. Cookiedamage (talk) 18:42, October 18, 2014 (UTC)

Drought occurs across India.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, King Pedro IV dies. Urraca II remains as sole ruler.
 * Manchu Empire: With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Qing Fúlín Shìzû succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms. As Outer Mongolia continued to suffer from destabilisation and moreover, from the nomadic lifestyle adopted by the majority of people, it was slightly difficult to maintain control therefore the Manchu Empire deployed their soldiers to enter into Outer Mongolia and establish control. This was certainly not an outright invasion but rather an attempt to vassalise the state and make the Mongols accept Manchu sovereignty. This was indeed needed to force the Mongols to open up their markets and trade to the Manchu in order for Manchu goods to flood into their market and for Manchu merchants to establish well control over the Mongol economy. The troops deployed by Manchu were specifically ordered to not act upon their own accord, but to put down any opposition immediately and stealthily  (Turn Two of 15) . The border between the Imperium of a Heaven and the Outer Mongolian Khanate had numerous Manchu troops deployed to make sure there was no attempt by the Imperium to conquer Outer Mongolia, after having suffered a major loss at the hands of the Mongol Khanate. Eventually, with people rising up to Manchu influence, the military launches major attack upon the Mongol border, seeking to slice their way right through the state to capture the capital. Mil Turn/Eco Turn
 * Ok so apparently I cannot vassalize the Outer Mongolian state therefore I shall invade it instead :D.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
 * Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Two of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. Although the monsoon season and drought did not hit Lanka the worst, the building of Waardige ceased for a portion of the year causing less progress than usual (No advance in turn...).
 * Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure, and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
 * Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
 * Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * County of Oldenburg: The new city plan is finally completely completed! The ageing Regent Mary officially opens the so-called Neustadt. Neu Norderney expands 200px down the coast towards Neu Juist, and the military presence there is increased.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy expands.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. The liturgy remains unconventional, and often includes the use of hallucinogenic plants.
 * Gojijiwiningag: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military is improved.
 * Piankeshaw: The military is improved.
 * Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology.
 * Nehilaw Dip: A trade pact is requested with the Ilini and the Ukawpa. (Mod Response Please).
 * ​Mod Response: The Iini and Ukawpa agree to the trade pact, hoping to gain better access to European weaponry and technologies.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is made to protect our nation. The military trains our troops harder like the way the Spartans did. Vladimir Kliment becomes king of the nation at the age of 20. Farming and blacksmithing are our most imprtant industries. Some people mine. We ask Poland for an alliance.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. Spain officially offers fully support to the Johannists in the Netherlands. This coincides with a large fleet deployment of nearly 100 ships and a large deployment of nearly 25,000 troops.


 * Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City:  Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
 * Mapuche:  The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
 * Chile:  The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin:  The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
 * Shan State:  The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
 * Dawei:  Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Vorlayacor: The army and navy continue their training. The new religious sect continues to attract followers.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1659, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 29, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 45% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandeburg/Pomerania. 2,500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all infrastructural rennovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In vassal news, Grand Duchess Maria-Sofia dies at the age of 59. Her unmarried son Albert takes the throne as Grand Duke Albert I. Leopold notices his unmarried status, and commands his ministers to search for an appropriate wife for his nephew. Soon, his ministers find the House of Puttkamer, a vibrant, wealthy house of Prussian and Pomeranian origin. Leopold II selects Henryka von Puttkamer, aged 23, to be Albert's wife. The match seems to be a sure success. However, matters are complicated in April, when Baron Johann I von Puttkamer, the father of Henryka, calls off the match. Leopold, angered, sends diplomats to Stettin to confront Johann. The Baron states that he will only marry off her daughter in a matrillineal marriage, meaning that all children will be under the mother's house. Leopold hears of this on April 11, and concocts a plan to deal with the issue. He once more sends word Stettin, informing the Baron that any child born under Henryka and Albert will be under the house of Puttkamer-Wittelsbach, a combination of both houses. Baron Johann reluctantly agrees, and sends his daughter to Dresden on May 12. Albert and Henryka marry two weeks later. In other news, Leopold II and Queen Klara have a son in June, whom they name Franz-Dominic. Franz-Dominic is proclaimed as heir the next day. In census news, Leopold II orders a census to be taken in 1659 and reported on at the end of 1660.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 38, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 25% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations.
 * Holy Roman Empire: The HRE continues to nominally exist in Germany, but the Imperial throne remains vacant since the death of Wolfgang I in 1654. Leopold I announces an imperial election to take place in 1661. In 1660, Leopold will also reshuffle the electors in the HRE to better reflect the post-bellum state of Germany. Many are concerned about who will be elected emperor. Some Austrians fear that the King will elect himself emperor, and further oppress the Austrians. Leopold hears of these fears in October, and proclaims to his court on October 28 that he will not place himself on the Imperial throne, and will instead put forth a non-Bavarian noble to sit in Vienna. Many Bavarian courtiers theorize that Queen Klara's elder brother, Heinrich-Josef, will be nominated. After the annexation of Prussia and the dissolution of the Prussian monarchy, officials in Vienna decide to remove formerly Prussian lands from the HRE. All Pskovian lands, including Prussia, will no longer be a part of the HRE, and Grand Duchess Elena's annexation of Prussia is repected by both Austria and Bavaria.
 * Duchy of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Duke Albert, age 31, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Brandenburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 20, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for a quarter of all renovations in Pomerania.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Netherlands Johannist Faction: The invasion of the northern lowlands conitnue with the full support of Hispania and the already overwhelming forces progress is made as the allied forces march on The Hague and amsterdam (can a mod do the bloody algo. preferably feud.) devaluation of the guilder continues as the silver is thinned out to help cover the war cost inflation starts to pick up. more flintlocks are made.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Britannia declares support for the Johannist forces. The Britannia Royal Navy begins a massive naval campaign and troops are landed in Southern lowlands. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. We continue to vassalizing France (Turn Four out of 100)
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Knezdom of Czechoslovakia (Kneževina Čehoslovačka): The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
 * Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
 * |onte: Bad harvests and overpopulation have led to famine killing 80k people. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,110,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 50k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountred, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 36, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 10 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 9, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last year's scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap Garnet and Quartz while also adding Rubies, Emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Despite this success, Stephen I dies later this year from causes unknown, and his son Constantine takes the throne as Constantine IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohamma II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Pujab traders. The Pujabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. Due to the current drought, there is a drastic decrease in the crop turnout in India, leading to the potential for a famine. Irrigation is attempted, but as so far, it has little success in the several regions of Middle India that are hardpressed to find major rivers.


 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo, and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.


 * Urdustani Dip: We ask that any nation that we have great trade dealings with (UIN members, Spain, Croatia, Dutch, Romans, Britannians) if we may secure shipments of food to decrease the severity of the drought.
 * Pskov and Narva Work on restoring order in the conquered Prussian states. The Economy benefits from the Influix of capital from Prussian reparations. The PIC gains much of the reparations funds, and puts them aside into the "China fund", a fund they created to buy a city in China.